P139/EN M/Ana - Volume 2 - Schneider Electric · PDF fileMiCOM P139 Feeder Management and Bay Control ... Over-/underfrequency protection FT_DA: ... here a relay, for example

MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control

P139/EN M/Ana

Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -617 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -618 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -633

Technical Manual Content P139/EN M/Ea8 (-614) P139/EN AD/Bk9 (-630) P139/EN AD/Ab9 (-615) P139/EN AD/Ac9 (-616) P139/EN AD/Bka (-631) P139/EN AD/Ad9 (-617) P139/EN AD/Ama (-632) P139/EN AD/Ae9 (-618) P139/EN AD/Ana (-633)

Volume 2 of 2

MiCOM P139


P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D) Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614

Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2

Appendix

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 AN-1

A Glossary

B Signal List

C List of Bay Types

D Overview of Changes

Terminal Connection Diagrams: See Volume 1, Chapter 5 “Installation and Connection”.

Appendix (continued)

AN-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

A Glossary A-1A1 Function Groups A-1A2 Modules A-2A3 Symbols A-3A4 Examples of Signal Names A-10A5 Symbols used A-11

B List of Signals B-1B 1 Internal Signal Names B-1B 2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or

IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard) B-6

B 2.1 Interoperability B-6B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) B-6B 2.1.2 Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) B-7B 2.1.3 Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) B-8B 2.1.4 Application Layer B-19B 2.1.5 Basic Application Functions B-15

B 3 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103 B-18B 3.1 Interoperability B-18B 3.1.1 Physical Layer B-18B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface B-18B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface B-18B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate B-18B 3.1.2 Link Layer B-19B 3.1.3 Application Layer B-19B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data B-19B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU B-19B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor

Direction B-19

B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction B-19B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction B-20B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor

Direction B-21

B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction B-22B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction B-23B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction B-25B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction B-25B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction B-26B 3.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control

Direction B-27

B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction B-27B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction B-27B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction B-28B 3.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions B-29B 3.1.3.6 Miscellaneous B-29

C List of Bay Types C-1

D Overview of Changes D-1

Appendix A - Glossary

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-1

A 1 Function Groups

ARC: Auto-reclosing control ASC: Automatic synchronism check CBF: Circuit breaker failure protection CBM: Circuit Breaker Monitoring CMD_1: Single-pole commands COMM1: Communication interface 1 COMM2: Communication interface 2 COMM3: Communication interface 3 COUNT: Binary counts DEV01: to DEV10: External device 01 to External device 10 DTOC: Definite-time overcurrent protection DVICE: Device f<>: Over-/underfrequency protection FT_DA: Fault data acquisition FT_RC: Fault recording GF_DA: Ground fault data acquisition GF_RC: Ground fault recording GFDSS: Ground fault direction determination using

steady-state values GOOSE: Generic Object Oriented Substation Event GSSE: IEC Generic Substation Status Events I2>: Unbalance protection IDMT1:, IDMT2: Inverse-time overcurrent protection IEC: IEC 61850 Communication ILOCK: Interlocking logic INP: Binary input IRIGB: IRIG-B interface LED: LED indicators LIMIT: Limit value monitoring LOC: Local control panel LOGIC: Logic MAIN: Main function MCMON: Measuring-circuit monitoring MEASI: Measured data input MEASO: Measured data output MP: Motor protection MT_RC: Monitoring signal recording OL_DA: Overload data acquisition OL_RC: Overload recording OP_RC: Operating data recording OUTP: Binary outputs P<>: Power directional protection PC: PC link PSIG: Protective signaling PSS: Parameter subset selection SCDD: Short-circuit direction determination SFMON: Self-monitoring SIG_1: Single-pole signals SOTF: Switch on to fault protection TGFD: Transient ground fault direction determination THERM: Thermal overload protection V<>: Time-voltage protection

Appendix A - Glossary (continued)

A-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

A 2 Modules

A: Communication module B: Bus module L: Local control module P: Processor module T: Transformer module V: Power supply module X: Binary I/O module Y: Analog I/O module


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-3

A 3 Symbols

Graphic symbols for block diagrams Binary elements according to DIN 40900 Part 12, September 1992, IEC 617-12: amended 1991 Analog information processing according to DIN 40900 Part 13, January 1981 To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols have been used, taken from several DIN documents. As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom. Other flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left side of the signal flow, output signals on the right side.

Symbol Description

=

To obtain more space for representing a group of related elements, contours of the elements may be joined or cascaded if the following rules are met: There is no functional linkage between elements whose common contour line is oriented in the signal flow direction. Note: This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations with two or more signal flow directions, such as for symbols with a control block and an output block. There exists at least one logical link between elements whose common contour line runs perpendicularly to the signal flow direction.

Components of a symbol A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination and one or more qualifiers.


A-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Symbol Description

Control block A control block contains an input function common to several symbols. It is used for the collective setting of several trigger elements, for example.

Output block An output block contains an output function common to several symbols.

MAIN: Inom Device

[ 010 003 ]

D5Z08X5B

Settable control block The 6 digits in square brackets represent the address under which the function shown in the text is implemented.

MAIN: Inom Device

[ 010 003 ]

1.0

1.0: 1.0 A 5.0: 5.0 A

5.0

D5Z08X6B

Settable control block with function blocks The digits in the function block show the settings that are possible for this function. The text below the symbol assigns the corresponding unit or meaning to each setting.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-5

Symbol Description

Static input Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.

Dynamic input Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.

Negation of an output The value up to the border line is negated at the output.

Negation of an input The input value is negated before the border line.

Dynamic input with negation Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is effective.

AND element The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables are 1.

OR element The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input variable is 1.

Threshold element The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input variables are 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number.

(m out of n) element The output variable will be 1 only if just one input variable is 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number if the number of inputs is increased or decreased accordingly.


A-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Symbol Description

Delay element The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs after a time delay of t1 relative to the corresponding transition at the input. The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs after a time delay of t2 relative to the corresponding transition at the input. t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values (in seconds or strobe ticks).

Monostable flip-flop The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable changes to 1. The output variable will remain 1 for 100 ms, independent of the duration of the input value 1 (non-retriggerable). Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flip-flop is retriggerable. The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be changed to any other duration.

Analog-digital converter An analog input signal is converted to a binary signal.

Subtractor The output variable is the difference between the two input variables. A summing element is obtained by changing the minus sign to a plus sign at the symbol input.

Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal exceeds a specific threshold. The output variable remains 1 until the input signal drops below the threshold again.

Memory, general Storage of a binary or analog signal.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-7

Symbol Description

Non-stable flip-flop When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse sequence is generated at the output. The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse sequence starts with the input variable transition (synchronized start). If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence ends with the ending of the 1 signal at the input (synchronized stop).

Amplifier The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is also 1.

Band pass filter The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the input signals. All other frequencies (above and below 50 Hz) are attenuated.

Counter At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1 are counted and stored in the function block. At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable from 0 to 1 resets the counter to 0.

Electromechanical drive in general, here a relay, for example.

Signal level converter with electrical isolation between input and output. L+ = pos. voltage input L- = neg. voltage input U1 = device identifier


A-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Symbol Description

Input transformer with phase and item identifiers (according to DIN EN 60445) Phase identifiers for current inputs: for A: A1 and A2 for B: B1 and B2 for C: C1 and C2 for N: N1 and N2 Phase identifiers for voltage inputs via transformer 1: for A: 1U for B: 1V for C: 1W for N: 1N via transformer 2: for A: 2U for B: 2V Item identifiers for current transformers: for A: T1 for B: T2 for C: T3 for N: T4 for voltage transformer 1: for A: T5 for B: T6 for C: T7 for N: T8 for VG-N transformer: T90 for voltage transformer 2: for A: T15

Change-over contact with item identifier

Special symbol Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (‘closed-circuit operation’).


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-9

Symbol Description

PC interface with pin connections

Multiplier The output variable is the result of the multiplication of the two input variables.

Divider The output variable is the result of the division of the two input variables.

Comparator The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) are equal to the function in the function block.

Formula block The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) satisfy the equation in the function block


A-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

A 4 Examples of Signal Names

All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of Chapter 3 as follows:

Signal Name Description

FT_RC: Fault recording n 305 100

Internal signal names are not coded by a data model address. In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. The small figure underneath the signal name represents a code that is irrelevant to the user. The internal signal names used and their origins are listed in Appendix B.

DIST: VNG>> triggered [ 036 015 ]

Signal names coded by a data model address are represented by their address (shown in square brackets). Their origin is given in Chapters 7 and 8.

MAIN: General reset [ 003 002 ]

1: Execute

A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its signal name, address, and the setting preceded by the setting arrow.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-11

A 5 Symbols Used

Symbol Meaning

t Time duration

V Voltage, potential difference

V Complex voltage

I Electrical current

I Complex current

Z Complex impedance

Z Modulus of complex impedance

f Frequency

δ Temperature in °C

Σ Sum, result

Ω Unit of electrical resistance

α Angle

ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a defined current and a defined voltage.

τ Time constant

∆T Temperature difference in K

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-12

Appendix B - List of signals

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-1

B 1 Internal Signal Names

Internal signal names are not coded by an external address. In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond.

Internal Signal Names Figure

ARC: Block/reset HSR 3-168

ARC: Block/reset TDR 3-168

ARC: Close request 3-170

ARC: HSR not permitted 3-170

ARC: HSR trip t. elapsed 3-162, 3-164, 3-165 3-166, 3-167

ARC: Starting GFDSS 3-165

ARC: TDR not permitted 3-170

ARC: TDR trip t. elapsed 3-163, 3-164, 3-165, 3-166, 3-167

ASC: AC active for DEV01 3-185

ASC: Active 3-178

ASC: Clos.rej. w. block 3-178

ASC: Close enable DEV01 AC 3-185

ASC: Close enable w. block 3-178

ASC: Gen. close request 3-179

ASC: Manual close request 3-179

ASC: Sel. meas. loop PG 3-176

ASC: Test 3-179

ASC: VMeas 3-176

CBM: Internal trip cmd. 3-267

COMM1: Communication error 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16

COMM1: Debounced signal 3-43

COMM1: Selected protocol 3-10

DEV01: Close cmd. rejection 3-298

DEV01: Close request 3-297

DEV01: Enable BI Close 3-299

DEV01: Enable BI Open 3-299

DEV01: Enable SI Close 3-298

DEV01: Enable SI Open 3-298

DEV01: End close command 3-302

DEV01: End open command 3-302

DEV01: Latching time elaps. 3-297

DEV01: Latching time runn. 3-297

Appendix B - List of signals (continued)

B-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614


DEV01: Open cmd. rejection 3-298

DEV01: Open request 3-297

DEV01: Protect. close cmd. 3-300

DEV01: Protection trip cmd. 3-300

DEV01: Start runn.time mon. 3-305

DEV01: Switch. device runn. 3-302

DTOC: IN 3-122

DTOC: Pulse prolong. runn. 3-125

DTOC: Starting A 3-118

DTOC: Starting B 3-118

DTOC: Starting C 3-118

DTOC: Starting N 3-123

DTOC: t2 N 3-125

f<>: fMeas 3-238

f<>: No. periods reached 3-238

f<>: VMeas 3-237

FT_DA: IA-kG 3-109

FT_DA: IB-kG 3-109

FT_DA: IC-kG 3-109

FT_DA: IkG 3-109

FT_DA: Output fault locat. 3-108

FT_DA: Output meas. values 3-108

GFDSS: Direction BS 3-190, 3-196

GFDSS: Direction LS 3-190, 3-196

GFDSS: IN filtered 3-194

GFDSS: IN> triggered 3-194

GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed 3-194

GFDSS: Oper.delay Y(N)> elaps 3-200

GFDSS: P 3-190, 3-196

GFDSS: Q 3-190, 3-196

GFDSS: VNG 3-189

GFDSS: VNG filtered 3-190, 3-196

GFDSS: VNG> triggered 3-190


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-3


IDMT: IN 3-137

IDMT: Starting A 3-133

IDMT: Starting B 3-133

IDMT: Starting C 3-133

IDMT1: ARC Starting Iref,N> 3-139

IDMT1: ARC Starting Iref,P> 3-134

LOC: Remote & Local 3-8

LOC: Return time select act. 3-2

MAIN: Block start. signal 3-73

MAIN: Block tim.st. IN,neg 3-73

MAIN: Block. 1 sel.functions 3-66

MAIN: Block. 2 sel.functions 3-66

MAIN: Customized bay type 3-46

MAIN: Direct motor control 3-46

MAIN: End command 3-305

MAIN: General starting int. 3-74

MAIN: Imeas 3-110

MAIN: Inrush stabil. trigg 3-64

MAIN: Internal CB open EXT 3-268

MAIN: Protection active 3-61

MAIN: Reset LED 3-85

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG 3-110

MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP 3-110

MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> 3-74

MAIN: Starting A int. 3-73

MAIN: Starting B int. 3-73

MAIN: Starting C int. 3-73

MAIN: Starting Ineg 3-73

MAIN: Starting N int. 3-73


B-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614


MAIN: Time tag 3-84

MAIN: Vmeas 3-110

MEASO: Enable 3-36

MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. 3-37

MP: Block. replica THERM 3-215

MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref 3-210

MP: IStUp> 3-215

MP: Machine stopped 3-215

MP: St. kP*Iref>/Istup> 3-210

P<>: P 3-242

P<>: P- 3-242

P<>: P+ 3-242

P<>: Q 3-242

P<>: Q- 3-242

P<>: Q+ 3-242

SCDD: VNG 3-148a

SCDD: Block. direct. tI> 3-146

SCDD: Block. direct. tI>> 3-146

SCDD: Block. direct. tIN> 3-150

SCDD: Block. direct. tIN>> 3-150

SCDD: Block. direct. tIref,N> 3-150

SCDD: Block. direct. tIref,P> 3-146

SCDD: Determin. N enabled 3-148a

SCDD: Determin. P enabled 3-144

SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. 3-144

SCDD: Resid. curr.stage bl. 3-148a

SOTF: ARC block. by close cm 3-152

TGFD: Direction BS 3--204

TGFD: Direction LS 3--204

TGFD: Hardware fault 3-202

TGFD: IN,p> triggered 3--204

TGFD: Reset signal 3-206

TGFD: VNG 3--203

TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered 3--204

TGFD: VNG> triggered 3--204


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-5


THERM: Block. by CTA error 3-221

THERM: I 3-223

THERM: With CTA 3-221

V<>: Vneg 3-231

V<>: VNG 3-234

V<>: Vpos 3-231


B-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)

This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a general definition of the telecontrol interface for substation control systems.

B 2.1 Interoperability

This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets and other options from which subsets are to be selected in order to implement specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes (octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This means that only one value of the defined parameter is allowed per system. Other parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in the command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of subsets that are suitable for the given application. This section combines the parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system components supplied by different manufacturers, then it is necessary for all partners to agree on the selected parameters.

The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked. 1

Note: The overall definition of a system may also require individual selection of certain parameters for specific parts of a system such as individual selection of scaling factors for individually addressable measured values.

B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)

x Point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration

x Multiple point-to-point configuration Multipoint-star configuration

1 See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-7

B 2.1.2 Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)

Transmission Rate (Control Direction) 3

Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28

Standardized


Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s

Balanced interface X.24/X.27

100 bit/s x 2,400 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s

200 bit/s x 4,800 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 64,000 bit/s

300 bit/s x 9,600 bit/s 9,600 bit/s

x 600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s

x 1,200 bit/s 38,400 bit/s

Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction) 2


Standardized


Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s

Balanced interface X.24/X.27

100 bit/s x 2,400 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s 200 bit/s x 4,800 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 64,000 bit/s 300 bit/s x 9,600 bit/s 9,600 bit/s x 600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s x 1,200 bit/s 38 400 bit/s

2 See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. 3 The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be identical.


B-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 2.1.3 Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)

Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used exclusively in this companion standard.

Link Transmission Procedure Address Field of the Link x Balanced transmission x Not present

(balanced transmission only) x Unbalanced transmission x One octet x Two octets 5 Frame Length x Structured 240 Maximum length L (number of octets) x Unstructured

4 See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. 5 Balanced only.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-9

B 2.1.4 Application Layer6

Transmission mode for application data

Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is used exclusively in this companion standard.

Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter)

x One octet x Two octets 1

Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter)

x One octet x Structured x Two octets x Unstructured x Three octets

Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter)

x One octet x Two octets (with originator address)



B-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Selection of Standard ASDUs

Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)

x <1> = Single-point information M_SP_NA_1

x <2> = Single-point information with time tag M_SP_TA_1

x <3> = Double-point information M_DP_NA_1

x <4> = Double-point information with time tag M_DP_TA_1

x <5> = Step position information M_ST_NA_1

x <6> = Step position information with time tag M_ST_TA_1

x <7> = Bit string of 32 bit M_BO_NA_1

x <8> = Bit string of 32 bit with time tag M_BO_TA_1

x <9> = Measured value, normalized value M_ME_NA_1

x <10> = Measured value, normalized value with time tag M_ME_TA_1

x <11> = Measured value, scaled value M_ME_NB_1

x <12> = Measured value, scaled value with time tag M_ME_TB_1

<13> = Measured value, short floating point value M_ME_NC_1

<14> = Measured value, short floating point value with time tag M_ME_TC_1

x <15> = Integrated totals M_IT_NA_1

x <16> = Integrated totals with time tag M_IT_TA_1


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-11

x <17> = Event of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TA_1

x <18> = Packed start events of protection equipment with time tag ME_EP_TB_1

x <19> = Packed output circuit information of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TC_1

<20> = Packed single-point information with status change detection M_PS_NA_1

<21> = Measured value, normalized value without quality descriptor M_ME_ND_1


B-12 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Process Information in Monitor Direction 7 (Station-Specific Parameter)

x <45> = Single command C_SC_NA_1 x <46> = Double command C_DC_NA_1 x <47> = Regulating step command C_IT_NA_1 <48> = Set point command, normalized value C_RC_NA_1 <49> = Set point command, scaled value C_SE_NB_1 <50> = Set point command, short floating point value C_SE_NC_1 <51> = Bit string of 32 bit C_BO_NA_1

System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)

x <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1

7 Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-13

System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)

x <100> = Interrogation command C_IC_NA_1 x <101> = Counter interrogation command C_CI_NA_1 x <102> = Read command C_RD_NA_1 x <103> = Clock synchronization command 8 C_CS_NA_1 x <104> = Test command C_TS_NB_1 <105> = Reset process command C_RP_NC_1 <106> = Delay acquisition command 9 C_CD_NA_1

8 The command procedure is formally processed, but there is no change in the local time in the station. 9 See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.


B-14 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)

x <110> = Parameter of measured value, normalized value P_ME_NA_1

x <111> = Parameter of measured value, scaled value P_ME_NB_1 <112> = Parameter of measured value, short floating point value P_ME_NC_1 <113> = Parameter activation P_AC_NA_1

File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)

<120> = File ready F_FR_NA_1 <121> = Section ready F_SR_NA_1 <122> = Call directory, select file, call file, call section F_SC_NA_1 <123> = Last section, last segment F_LS_NA_1 <124> = Ack file, ack section F_AF_NA_1 <125> = Segment F_SG_NA_1 <126> = Directory F_DR_TA_1


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-15

B 2.1.5 Basic Application Functions10

Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter)

x Remote initialization

General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter)

x Global

x Group 1 x Group 7 x Group 13 x Group 2 x Group 8 x Group 14 x Group 3 x Group 9 x Group 15 x Group 4 x Group 10 x Group 16 x Group 5 x Group 11 x Group 6 x Group 12 Addresses per group have to be defined.

Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter)

x Clock synchronization



B-16 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter)

x Direct command transmission Select and execute command Direct set point command transmission Select and execute set point command C_SE ACTTERM used x No additional definition

Short pulse duration

(Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation) Long pulse duration

(Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation) Persistent output

Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific Parameter)

Counter request x General request counter

x Counter freeze without reset x Request counter group 1 Counter freeze with reset x Request counter group 2 Counter reset x Request counter group 3 Addresses per group have to be specified x Request counter group 4


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-17

Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter)

x Threshold value

Smoothing value Low limit for transmission of measured value High limit for transmission of measured value

Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter)

Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object

File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)

File transfer in monitor direction F_FR_NA_1 File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1


B-18 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 3 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103

This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions applicable to the P139.

B 3.1 Interoperability

B 3.1.1 Physical Layer

B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface

x EIA RS 485

x No. of loads 32 for one device

Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be operated on one line. For detailed information see EIA RS 485, Section 3.

B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface

x Glass fiber

x Plastic fiber

x F-SMA connector

BFOC/2.5 connector

B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate

x 9,600 bit/s

x 19,200 bit/s


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-19

B 3.1.2 Link Layer

There are no selection options for the link layer.

B 3.1.3 Application Layer

B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data

Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870-5-4 is used exclusively in this companion standard.

B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU

x One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address)

More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU

B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction

B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction

INF Description

x <0> End of general interrogation

x <0> Time synchronization

x <2> Reset FCB

x <3> Reset CU

x <4> Start / restart

<5> Power on


B-20 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <16> Auto-recloser active 015 064 ARC: Enabled

x <17> Teleprotection active 015 008 PSIG: Enabled

x <18> Protection active 003 030 MAIN: Device on-line

x <19> LED reset 021 010 MAIN: Reset indicat. USER

x <20> Blocking of monitor direction 037 075 COMM1: Sig./meas.val.block.

x <21> Test mode 037 071 MAIN: Test mode

<22> Local parameter setting

x <23> Characteristic 1 036 090 PSS: PS 1 active




x <27> Auxiliary input 1 034 000 LOGIC: Input 1 EXT





P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-21

B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <32> Measurand supervision I 040 087 MCMON: Meas. circ. I faulty

x <33> Measurand supervision V 038 023 MCMON: Meas. circ. V faulty

x <35> Phase sequence supervision 038 049 MCMON: Phase sequ. V faulty

x <36>11 Trip circuit supervision 041 200 SFMON: Relay Kxx faulty

<37> I>> back-up operation

x <38> VT fuse failure 004 061 MAIN: M.c.b. trip V EXT

x <39> Teleprotection disturbed 036 060 PSIG: Telecom. faulty

x <46> Group warning 036 100 SFMON: Warning (relay)

x <47> Group alarm 004 065 MAIN: Blocked/Faulty

11 The message content is formed from the OR operation of the individual signals.


B-22 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <48> Earth fault L1 041 054 MAIN: Ground fault A

x <49> Earth fault L2 041 055 MAIN: Ground fault B

x <50> Earth fault L3 041 056 MAIN: Ground fault C

x <51> Earth fault forward, i.e. line 041 088 MAIN: Gnd. fault forw./LS

x <52> Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar 041 089 MAIN: Gnd. fault backw./BS


P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-23

B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <64> Start /pick-up L1 040 005 MAIN: Starting A

x <65> Start /pick-up L3 040 006 MAIN: Starting B

x <66> Start /pick-up L3 040 007 MAIN: Starting C

x <67> Start /pick-up N 040 008 MAIN: Starting GF

x <68> General trip 036 071 MAIN: Gen. trip command 1

<69> Trip L1

<70> Trip L2

<71> Trip L3

<72> Trip I>> (back-up operation)

x <73> Fault location X in ohms 004 029 FT_DA: Fault react., prim.

x <74> Fault forward/line 036 018 SCDD: Fault P forward

x <75> Fault reverse/busbar 036 019 SCDD: Fault P backward

x <76> Teleprotection signal transmitted 036 035 PSIG: Send (signal)

x <77> Teleprotection signal received 037 029 PSIG: Receive (signal)

<78> Zone 1

<79> Zone 2

<80> Zone 3

<81> Zone 4

<82> Zone 5

<83> Zone 6


B-24 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <84> General starting 040 000 MAIN: General starting

x <85> Breaker failure 036 017 CBF: CB failure

<86> Trip measuring system L1



<89> Trip measuring system E

x <90> Trip I> 040 042 MAIN: TripSig. tI>/tIrefP>

x <91> Trip I>> 040 011 DTOC: Trip Signal tI>>

x <92> Trip IN> 040 043 MAIN: TripSig. tIN>/tIrefN>

x <93> Trip IN>> 040 028 DTOC: Trip Signal tIN>>


P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-25

B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <128> CB ‘on’ by AR 037 007 ARC: (Re)close signal HSR

x <129> CB ‘on’ by long-time AR 037 006 ARC: (Re)close signal TDR

x <130> AR blocked 037 008 ARC: Not ready

B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <144>12 Measurand I 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.

x <145>13 Measurands I, V 006 041 005 045

MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u.

x <146>14 Measurands I, V, P, Q 006 041 005 045 004 051 004 053

MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u. MAIN: Active power P p.u. MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u.

x <147>15 Measurands IN, VEN 005 011 005 013

MAIN: Current Σ(IP) p.u. MAIN: Volt. Σ(VPG)/√3 p.u.

x <148>16 Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f 005 041 006 041 007 041 005 043 006 043 007 043 004 051 004 053 004 040

MAIN: Current A p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Current C p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-G p.u. MAIN: Voltage B-G p.u. MAIN: Voltage C-G p.u. MAIN: Active power P p.u. MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u. MAIN: Frequency f

12 only with setting C O M M 1 : T r a n s m . e n a b . c y c l . d a t to "ASDU 3.1 p. IEC" 13 only with setting C O M M 1 : T r a n s m . e n a b . c y c l . d a t to "ASDU 3.2 p. IEC" 14 only with setting C O M M 1 : T r a n s m . e n a b . c y c l . d a t to "ASDU 3.3 p. IEC" 15 only with setting C O M M 1 : T r a n s m . e n a b . c y c l . d a t to "ASDU 3.4 p. IEC" 16 only with setting C O M M 1 : T r a n s m . e n a b . c y c l . d a t to "ASDU 9 p. IEC"


B-26 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction

INF Description

<240> Read headings of all defined groups

<241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group

<243> Read directory of a single entry

<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry

<245> General interrogation of generic data

<249> Write entry with confirmation

<250> Write entry with execution

<251> Write entry abort


P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-27

B 3.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction

B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction

INF Description

x <0> Initiation of general interrogation

x <0> Time synchronization

B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction Schneider Electric Designations INF Description Address Description

x <16> Auto-recloser on/off 015 060 ARC: General enable USER

x <17> Teleprotection on/off 015 004 PSIG: General enable USER

x <18> Protection on/off 003 030 MAIN: Device on-line

x <19> LED reset 021 010 MAIN: Reset indicat. USER

x <23>17 Activate characteristic 1 003 060 PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER




17 Switches P S S : P a r a m . s u b s . s e l . U S E R to "Parameter set 1" 18 Switches P S S : P a r a m . s u b s . s e l . U S E R to "Parameter set 2" 19 Switches P S S : P a r a m . s u b s . s e l . U S E R to "Parameter set 3" 20 Switches P S S : P a r a m . s u b s . s e l . U S E R to "Parameter set 4"


B-28 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction

INF Description

<240> Read headings of all defined groups

<241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group

<243> Read directory of a single entry

<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry

<245> General interrogation of generic data

<248> Write entry

<249> Write entry with confirmation

<250> Write entry with execution

<251> Write entry abort


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-29

B 3.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions

x Test mode

x Blocking of monitor direction

x Disturbance data

Generic services

x Private data

B 3.1.3.6 Miscellaneous

Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value. In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words, there is only one choice for each measurand.

Measured value Max. MVAL = nom. value multiplied by

1,2 or 2,4

Current A x

Current B x

Current C x

Voltage A-G x

Voltage B-G x

Voltage C-G x

Enabled power P x

Reactive power Q x

Frequency f x

Voltage A-B x

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-30

Appendix C - List of Bay Types

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-1

Key

Sorting the Bay Types The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded in the first three characters of the bay type code (example: A11.100.R01) given in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by "Type of bay" in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third character in ascending order.

Type of bay A - Feeder bays L - Bus sectionalizer bay Q - Bus coupler bay K - Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay M - Busbar measurement bay E - Busbar grounding bay X - Other bay type

Number of busbars 1 - Single busbar 2 - Double busbar 9 - Without busbar / other configurations

Equipment 1 - Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly 2 - Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch trucks or withdrawable switchgear assembly 3 - Bays with stationary switchgear units 5 - Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector 9 - Other bay types

Bay Type No.: This number indicates the value to be set at MAIN: Type of bay (folder "Para/Conf") in order to configure the unit for the selected bay type.

Special Designations for External Devices: Mot.relay: Motor relay Shunt wd. Shunt winding

Appendix C - List of Bay Types (continued)

C-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Table "Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays"

Column "Switchgear unit" This column begins with the designation for the external device (switchgear unit). The function group follows in brackets. The function group encompasses all setting options for monitoring the switchgear unit and its signals. "Open" and "Close(d)" indicate the signal message or control direction of the switchgear unit.

Column "Binary Input": The "Open" or "Closed" signal should be connected to the binary input U xxxx. The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are shown in the terminal connection diagrams.

Column "Output relay" The "Open" or "Close" control of the switchgear unit is effected via output relay K xxxx. The connection points of the output relay K xxxx are shown in the terminal connection diagrams.

Table "Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking"

Note! The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level.

Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations: /: Negation 0: Switchgear unit "Open" I: Switchgear unit "Closed" X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position

FctBl1: Function block 1, configuration at MAIN: Fct .asg. fc t .b lock.1 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")

FctBl2: Function block 2, configuration at MAIN: Fct .asg. fc t .b lock.2 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-3

Bay Type No. 2 (A11.100.R01) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar

Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays

Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay

Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /

Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking

Switchgear unit Control O/C Interlock equation

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking




C-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-5

Bay Type No. 546 (A11.101.M03) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-7




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-9




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /



Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)





C-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X0 (DEV03) Q15 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-11




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Q15 (DEV07)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U C01 U C02

K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-12 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-13







K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-14 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 521 (A11.134.R02.1) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q1 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04

K A01 K A02/ /K A05 K A06/ // /



Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)



Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-15

Bay Type No. 519 (A11.135.R02.1) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q1 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Q15 (DEV06)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06

K A01 K A02/ /K A05 K A06/ // // /



Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)



Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)


C-16 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 7 (A11.200.R01) Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-17




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-18 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-19




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-20 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-21

Bay Type No. 12 (A11.400.R01) Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02/ //








C-22 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-23




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02/ // //








C-24 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ //




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-25






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-26 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 17 (A11.900.R01) Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar



X0 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

K A01 K A02



Interlock equations not defined





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-27

Bay Type No. 504 (A11.901.R00) Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar



X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

/ // /








C-28 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /



Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)



Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-29




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


C-30 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-31




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-32 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-33




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-34 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-35




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04)



K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-36 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-37







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-38 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-39




Q0 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

K A01 K A02








C-40 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 27 (A13.201.M02) Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-41




Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /








C-42 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-43

Bay Type No. 30 (A13.205.M03) Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control





U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


C-44 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-45




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-46 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-47




Q0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U B05

K A01 K A02/








C-48 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 35 (A13.401.M02) Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

/

K B05

K B06




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-49




Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02/ //








C-50 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-51

Bay Type No. 38 (A13.405.M03) Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


C-52 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02/ // //








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-53






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ //




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-54 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)




Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-55






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-56 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ //



Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-57






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-58 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-59




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)



C-60 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-61




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I)



C-62 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 45 (A21.104.M04) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)




K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-63

Bay Type No. 46 (A21.104.R01) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar



Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04)



K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-64 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-65











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


C-66 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02K B03 K B04/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-67




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05)



K A01 K A02/ // // // /








C-68 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-69







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


C-70 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02K B03 K B04




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-71




Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Q15 (DEV06) Q25 (DEV07)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 U C01 U C02

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // // // // /



Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)







C-72 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 54 (A21.204.M04) Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,direct motor control







K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-73

Bay Type No. 55 (A21.204.R01) Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar






K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-74 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-75











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


C-76 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)




K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-77







K A01 K A02/ // // // /








C-78 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-79











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


C-80 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-81

Bay Type No. 63 (A21.404.M04) Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B05 U B06 / /


/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


C-82 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 64 (A21.404.R01) Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar



Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B05

K A01 K A02/ // // //








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-83







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





C-84 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-85




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 / /


/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


C-86 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05

K A01 K A02/ // // // //








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-87







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // //




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





C-88 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02/ //




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-89











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)


C-90 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // // /



Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)




Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-91












X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)





X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)


C-92 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614












Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)





Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-93




Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q9 (DEV05) Q8 (DEV06)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // // // /



Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)




Q01 Close(d) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)



C-94 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // /K B03 K B04/ /





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-95







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02K B03 K B04/ /





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)


C-96 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02K B03 K B04K B05 K B06





Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)





Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-97







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // // /










C-98 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614












X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)





X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-99












Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)





Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)


C-100 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // // // /










P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-101







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // /K B03 K B04/ /





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)


C-102 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614












Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)





Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-103












Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)





Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

X02 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)


C-104 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-105




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








C-106 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-107








K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


C-108 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-109







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


C-110 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-111








K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-112 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-113











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-114 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q9 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)




K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-115




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q9 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05)



K A01 K A02/ // // // /








C-116 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-117











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-118 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-119




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








C-120 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-121








K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


C-122 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-123







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


C-124 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-125








K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-126 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-127











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-128 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-129







K A01 K A02/ // // // /








C-130 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-131











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-132 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-133






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02/ // //








C-134 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-135




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B05 U B06 / /


/

K B05

K B06




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


C-136 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)



K A01 K A02/ // // //








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-137







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //




Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


C-138 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-139

Bay Type No. 222 (A25.105.M03.1) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control






K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


C-140 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-141








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)



C-142 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-143

Bay Type No. 123 (A25.105.R01.1) Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar






K A01 K A02/ // // /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)



C-144 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-145







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


C-146 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-147










Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)



C-148 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-149







K A01 K A02/ // // // /



Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)



Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)



C-150 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)




Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)


Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)


Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-151

Bay Type No. 133 (L11.100.R01) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /








C-152 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 553 (L11.100.R01.2) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-153




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-154 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-155




Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








C-156 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-157




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-158 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (Q8=I)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-159

Bay Type No. 547 (L11.112.M04) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q16 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)




K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q15 Close(d) (Q15=I)


X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


C-160 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-161




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








C-162 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-163




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X02 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X02 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-164 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-165

Bay Type No. 552 (L11.120.M03.2) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control



Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-166 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04)



K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-167







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-168 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /K B01 K B02




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-169











Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X02 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-170 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05)



K A01 K A02/ // // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-171







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)


C-172 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-173







K A01 K A02/ // // // /








C-174 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-175







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ /K B01 K B02/ /




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)


C-176 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-177

Bay Type No. 148 (L13.200.R01) Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar



Q0 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

K A01 K A02








C-178 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q15 (DEV02) Q16 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-179




Q0 (DEV01) Q15 (DEV02) Q16 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I)

Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)




Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-180 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-181








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I)

Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)



C-182 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // // /



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-183







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)


C-184 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)


Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)


Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-185

Bay Type No. 154 (L21.101.M04.1) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control







K B05

K B06




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)


C-186 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-187

Bay Type No. 156 (L21.101.R01.1) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar






K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-188 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-189







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-190 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-191











Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)


C-192 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-193







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /



Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-194 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)




Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-195

Bay Type No. 162 (L23.101.R02) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar



Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) Q11 (DEV03) Q12 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) Q22 (DEV06)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // // // /










C-196 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 163 (L23.101.R06) Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar



Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) Q11 (DEV03) Q12 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) Q22 (DEV06)








Q11 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

Q12 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

Q21 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q22 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)





Q11 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

Q12 Open (Q01=0)

Close(d) (Q01=0)

Q21 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q22 Open (Q02=0)

Close(d) (Q02=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-197

Bay Type No. 554 (L23.901.M01.1) Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control



Q11 (DEV01) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/

K B05

K B06








C-198 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614





Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/

K B05

K B06








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-199

Bay Type No. 164 (L23.901.R02) Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar



Q11 (DEV01) Q21 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04



Q11 Open (Q11=0)

Close(d) (Q11=I)

Q21 Open (Q21=0)

Close(d) (Q21=I)





C-200 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q12 Open (Q12=0)

Close(d) (Q12=I)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-201






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q21 Open (Q21=0)

Close(d) (Q21=I)





C-202 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 511 (L23.903.M02) Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control






K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q11 Open (Q11=0)

Close(d) (Q11=I)

Q21 Open (Q21=0)

Close(d) (Q21=I)





P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-203







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)


C-204 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)



Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-205








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)


Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)


Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)



C-206 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)


Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)




Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)


Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-207







K A01 K A02/ // // // /



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)



C-208 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // // /



Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)




Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-209







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)


C-210 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /



Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)



Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-211










Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)


Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q12 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)


Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)



C-212 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)


Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)




Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q22 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)


Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-213

Bay Type No. 505 (Q21.100.R01) Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar



Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /








C-214 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 197 (Q21.101.M04) Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control







K B05

K B06




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-215







K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-216 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-217











Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)


C-218 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06






X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-219

Bay Type No. 565 (Q21.112.M04.2) Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control







K B05

K B06






X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




X0 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-220 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06)



K A01 K A02/ // // // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-221











Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-222 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614











Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-223







K A01 K A02/ // // /








C-224 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-225






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/

K B05

K B06




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-226 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-227




Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-228 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-229











Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)




Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0)


C-230 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-231








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)



C-232 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-233







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-234 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-235







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


C-236 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-237







K A01 K A02/ // // /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)



C-238 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ /



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)



Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-239










Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)




Q0 Open (Q8=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)



C-240 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-241








K B05

K B06



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)


Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)


Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)



C-242 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02/ // // // /



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-243







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // /



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)



Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)


C-244 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)


Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)




Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)

Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)


Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-245

Bay Type No. 218 (K29.101.R02) Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar



Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Q1 (DEV07) Q2 (DEV08)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04

/ /K A03 K A04K A05 K A06/ // // // // /



Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)



Q10 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)

Q20 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)


C-246 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 219 (K29.101.R06) Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar



Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Q10 (DEV07) Q20 (DEV08)

Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04K A05 K A06K B01 K B02K B03 K B04K B05 K B06/ // /



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)

Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)

Q2 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)

Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)



Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)

Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)

Q2 Open (Q0=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)

Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-247

Bay Type No. 171 (M11.300.R00) Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar



X0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U B05

/ //








C-248 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




X0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U B05

K A01 K A02/








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-249






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/








C-250 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 173 (M11.900.R00) Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar



X0 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

/ /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-251




X0 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

K A01 K A02








C-252 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 175 (M13.312.M02) Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control



Q1 (DEV01) Q15 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

/

K B05

K B06








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-253






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02/ //








C-254 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-255




Q1 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

/ /








C-256 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 232 (M15.903.M01) Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control





U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/ //

K B05

K B06



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-257

Bay Type No. 178 (M15.903.M02) Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control





U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

K B05

K B06



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)


C-258 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q1 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02/ /



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-259




Q1 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)


C-260 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 180 (M21.302.R02) Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar



Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // //

/








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-261








/



X01 Open (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q1=0)

X02 Open (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q2=0)



X01 Open (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q1=0)

X02 Open (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q2=0)


C-262 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // //

/









P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-263








/









C-264 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 184 (M21.902.R02) Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar



Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-265










X01 Open (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q1=0)

X02 Open (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q2=0)



X01 Open (Q1=0)

Close(d) (Q1=0)

X02 Open (Q2=0)

Close(d) (Q2=0)


C-266 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // /









P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-267
















C-268 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05 U B06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

/








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-269




Q15 (DEV01) Q25 (DEV02) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B05 U B06

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

/









C-270 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 190 (M23.328.M04) Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control



Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S010) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012)




/

/

K B05

K B06









P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-271




Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012)



K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // //

/








C-272 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012)




/









P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-273




Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04








C-274 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q15 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

/ /








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-275

Bay Type No. 509 (M23.906.M01) Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control





U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/ //

K B05

K B06








C-276 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

K B05

K B06








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-277




Q25 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

/ /








C-278 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/ //

K B05

K B06








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-279






U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

K B05

K B06








C-280 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




Q15 (DEV01) Q25 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04









P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-281







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // //

K B05

K B06



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)


C-282 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614








K B05

K B06



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-283







K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/ // /



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)


C-284 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614










Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)



Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)

Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-285

Bay Type No. 129 (E13.901.M01) Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control




Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02/

K B05

K B06








C-286 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 130 (E13.901.R01) Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar



Q15 (DEV01)

Open Close(d)

U A01 U A02

K A01 K A02








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-287

Bay Type No. 131 (E23.903.M02) Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control





U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U B06 / /

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04/

K B05

K B06









C-288 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 132 (E23.903.R02) Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar



Q15 (DEV01) Q25 (DEV02)


U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04

K A01 K A02K A03 K A04









P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-289

Bay Type No. 1 (X99.901.R00) Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar










C-290 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Bay Type No. 980 (X99.902.R06.2) Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar


Signal / Command Binary input Output relay

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 / / / / / /

/

/

/

/

/

/

K A01

K A02

K A03

K A04

K A05

K A06








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-291




S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006) C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) C008 (CMD_1: Command C008) C009 (CMD_1: Command C009) C010 (CMD_1: Command C010) C011 (CMD_1: Command C011) C012 (CMD_1: Command C012)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 / / / / / / / / / / / /

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

K A01

K A02

K A03

K A04

K A05

K A06

K B01

K B02

K B03

K B04

K B05

K B06








C-292 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614




S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04 U C05 U C06 U C07 U C08 / / / / / /

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

K A01

K A02

K A03

K A04

K A05

K A06








P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-293




S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) S015 (SIG_1: Signal S015) S016 (SIG_1: Signal S016) S017 (SIG_1: Signal S017) S018 (SIG_1: Signal S018) S019 (SIG_1: Signal S019) S020 (SIG_1: Signal S020) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006) C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) C008 (CMD_1: Command C008) C009 (CMD_1: Command C009) C010 (CMD_1: Command C010) C011 (CMD_1: Command C011) C012 (CMD_1: Command C012)

U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04 U C05 U C06 U C07 U C08 / / / / / / / / / / / /

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

/

K A01

K A02

K A03

K A04

K A05

K A06

K B01

K B02

K B03

K B04

K B05

K B06


C-294 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614







Appendix D - Upgrade Overview

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-1

Version Changes

P139-301-401-601 Initial product release Release: 27.04.2001

P139-302-402/403/404-602 Release: 07.02.2002

Hardware As an alternative slot 4 can now be equipped with the 5-pole voltage transformer module T (for the Automatic Synchronism Check function). Additional to the 40 TE case variant with pin-terminal connection there is now an 84 TE case variant with ring-terminal connection as well as a 40 TE case variant with a combination of pin- and ring-terminal connection (transformer module: for ring-terminal connection; other modules: for pin-terminal connection)

The binary (I/O) module X (6xO) is now optionally available with rapid-response output by 4 thyristors.

Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the 5-pole voltage transformer module T and show the variants with ring-terminal connection:

P139.402 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)

P139.403 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)

P139.404 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection)

Software

LOC Measurands previously missing are now included in the selection of the Operation Panel, Overload Panel and Ground Fault Panel:

M E A S I : C u r r e n t I D C (addr. 004 134)

M E A S I : C u r r e n t I D C p . u (addr. 004 135)

M E A S I : C u r r . I D C , l i n . p . u . (addr. 004 136)

M E A S I : C u r r e n t A - 1 (addr. 005 100)

M E A S I : C u r r e n t A - 2 (addr. 005 099)

Bug fixing: Control actions from the local control panel are now no longer rejected in the DNP3 protocol.

PC User-defined signal selections for the PC interface can now be made by setting P C : S e l e c t . S p o n t a n . s i g . (addr. 003.189), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals.

The PC interface "Time-out" can now be set with the parameter P C : T i m e - o u t (addr. 003.188).

COMM1 The COURIER protocol has now been implemented.

User-defined signal selections for the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 can now be made by setting C O M M 1 : S e l e c t . S p o n t a n . s i g . (addr. 003.179), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals.

COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2 (function group COMM2) added to communication.

Appendix D - Upgrade Overview (continued)

D-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

OUTP/LED Addition of function assignment to output relays and LED indicators with these signals:

S F M O N : D e f e c t . m o d u l e s l o t 1 (addr. 097 000) to

S F M O N : D e f e c t . m o d u l e s l o t 2 0 (addr. 097 019)

Now defective modules can be indicated by output relays for instance.

MEASI Addition of this per unit measurand

M E A S I : T e m p e r a t u r e p . u . (addr. 004.221)

MAIN The following signals were added to the parameter setting selection tables for the trip command blocking signals: C O M M 1 : C o m m a n d b l o c k . E X T (addr. 003.173)

C O M M 1 : S i g . / m e a s . b l o c k E X T (addr. 037.074)

O U T P : B l o c k o u t p . r e l . E X T (addr. 040.014)

M A I N : T e s t m o d e E X T (addr. 037.070)

M A I N : T r i p c m d . b l o c k . E X T (addr. 036 045)

The following signals were added to the selection table for G R U N D : F c t . a s s i g n . f a u l t :

S F M O N : D e f e c t . m o d u l e s l o t 5 (addr. 097 004)

S F M O N : D e f e c t . m o d u l e s l o t 1 8 (addr. 097 017)

S F M O N : E r r o r K 1 2 0 1 . . . K 1 2 0 6 (addr. 097.118 to 097.123)

The following settings for the 5th VT input were added to the MAIN function group:

M A I N : V r e f , n o m V . T . p r i m . (addr. 010 100)

M A I N : V r e f , n o m V . T . s e c . (addr. 031 052)

M A I N : M e a s . v a l . r e l . V r e f (addr. 011 034)

The direct time output signals of the 32 logic equations are now available to the function assignment of trip command 1 and trip command 2.

In addition to the standard procedure to determine energy output a second procedure is now available. The selection of the procedure depends on the given load ratio and is made by setting

M A I N : O p . m o d e e n e r g y c n t . (addr. 010 138).

The physical communication channel assignment to the "logical" communication interfaces COMM1 and COMM2 can be set with the parameter M A I N : C h a n n A s s i g n . C o m a d d r . (003 169).


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-3

Version Changes MAIN

(continued) Addition of two measured operating values: M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p r i m . (addr. 005 046)

M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047)

Incorrect termination is now fixed for the close commands issued by the control function and terminated with the starting of the trip command.

Time switching to setting "Daylight saving time" M A I N : T i m e s w i t c h i n g (addr. 003.095) is now stored so that it will remain valid after a warm restart.

The multiple signal M A I N : G e n . t r i p s i g n a l (addr. 036 251) is now supported.

Bug fixing: Rated current setting is changed from 1A to 5A when electro-magnetic interference occurs. To confirm settings the internal values of M A I N : I n o m d e v i c e (addr. 010 003) and M A I N : I N , n o m d e v i c e (addr. 010 026) are overwritten by the set values once every software cycle.

A disabled residual current system protection, which is displayed by the signal M A I N : S y s t e m I N d i s a b l e d (addr. 040 134) is now considered by the DTOC and IDMT residual current stages.

Bug fixing: During incrementation of the overflow counter for active and reactive energy output and input a negative value of the integrated count is now prevented.

MAIN ARC ASC PSIG

In addition to enabling or disabling of the functions Auto-reclosing Control, Automatic Synchronism Check, Protective Signaling and Residual Current System protection by using two binary signal inputs it is now possible to use just one binary signal input for enabling or disabling. If, for example, only the signal A R C : E n a b l e E X T (addr. 037.010) is assigned to one binary signal input, the function is enabled by the rising edge and disabled by the falling edge of the input signal.

DTOC Step size for thresholds I>, I>> and I>>> reduced from 0.1 Inom to 0.01 Inom.

ARC New function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) is taken into account by the Auto-reclosing Control (ARC) function. The signal A R C : ( R e ) c l o s e r e q u e s t (addr. 037 077) is used in this context to have ASC triggered by ARC.

ASC Function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) has been added. The transformer module T with a fifth VT is required to provide a reference voltage.

GFDSS A fixed time delayed reset of 80 ms is now implemented for the stage G F D S : V N G > (addr. 016.062).

THERM Addition of these per unit measurands T H E R M : T h e r m . r e p l i c a p . u . (addr. 004 017) T H E R M : C o o l a n t t e m p . p . u . (addr. 004 178) T H E R M : O b j e c t t e m p . p . u . (addr. 004 179).


D-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

f<> Bug fixing: With the selection of a measurement loop the amplitude of the phase-to-ground loops was incorrectly rated by the factor √3.

MCMON Reference voltage monitoring is now included in the measuring-circuit monitoring function with the signals M C M O N : F F , V r e f t r i g g e r e d (addr. 038.100) M C M O N : M . c i r c . V , V r e f f l t y . (addr. 004.078).

SIG_1 Bug fixing: When the VDEW addition to the protocol IEC60870-5-103 was used single-pole signals were signaled in the data byte with the value '0' (end) or '1' (start).

COUNT The dimension (min) was added to the parameter C O U N T : C y c l e t . c o u n t t r a n s m (addr. 217.007) in the data model.

SFMON Because of the addition of a fifth VT these warning signals were added: S F M O N : F F , V r e f t r i g g e r e d (addr. 098 022) S F M O N : M . c i r c . V , V r e f f l t y . (addr. 098 023)

Addition of function assignment to warnings by the delayed and direct time signals from logic equations 30 to 32. The signals included in the function selection of warnings S F M O N : O p e n c i r c . 2 0 m A i n p . (addr. 098 026) S F M O N : P T 1 0 0 o p e n c i r c u i t (addr. 098 024) S F M O N : O v e r l o a d 2 0 m A i n p u t (addr. 098 025) are now supported.

P139-302-402/403/404-602 -701 Release: 13.05.2002

Hardware No modifications

Diagram No modifications

Software

SFMON Decreased severity for entries in the monitoring signal memory during short-time supply voltage dipping.

P139-302-402/403/404-602 -702 Release: 26.07.2002



Software

IDMT Accuracy of tripping time is improved. Particularly the characteristic 'IEC extremely inverse' is now within the claimed tolerance range.

P139-302-402/403/404-603 Release: 29.08.2002



Software


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-5

Version Changes

LOC The signals L O C : L o c . a c c . b l o c k . a c t i v e (addr. 221 005) and L O C : R e m . a c c . b l o c k . a c t i v e (addr. 221 004) are now sent spontaneously as individual signals with the protocol IEC 60870-5-103.

INP The function assignment of the binary signal inputs U 1001 to U 1006, which are not present on slot 10, have been removed from the data model.

P139-303-402/403/404-604 Release: 20.12.2002

Hardware Device is prepared for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module), which will become available as of version -304-405/406/407-605.


Software

COMM1 The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047) has been added to the selection for the cyclic ILS telegram.

The unnecessary parameter C O M M 1 : A d d r e s s m o d e (addr. 003 168) is now hidden.

LOC The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p r i m . (addr. 005 046) has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the numerical display. The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047) has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the bar chart display.

MEASI THERM LIMIT SFMON

Functions have been enhanced in preparation for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module). For THERM protection this includes direct temperature monitoring, temperature measurement, coolant temperature acquisition, and open-circuit monitoring of the individual resistance thermometers.

MAIN ARC ASC PSIG

The functionality of equal-priority enabling or disabling a function via any device interface, first introduced with version –603, now is modified in that way, that the functions are enabled by default.

IDMT The setting ranges for parameters I r e f , n e g and I r e f , N as well as I r e f , n e g d y n a m i c and I r e f , N d y n a m have been increased from 0.1 - 4.00 Inom to 0.01 - 4.00 Inom

PSS Bug fixing: After a warm restart of the device an externally set parameter subset fell back to the user set parameter subset. The signal P S S : C o n t r o l v i a u s e r (addr. 036 102) changed from "Yes" to "No" after a warm restart.


D-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

ASC Setting to continuous synchronism test procedure after a test close request: When a test close request is issued the operative time is not terminated by the starting of the close enable but will continue until it has reached its set time duration. Synchronism is continuously checked, even after the first close enable, as long as the operative time is running. The signal A S C : C l o s e e n a b l e (addr. 037 083) (if synchronism conditions are met) and the delta measured values are continuously updated and periodically transmitted by the device interfaces. The cycle time to transmit the telegram with the measured values is set at:

A S C : T r a n s m . c y c l e , m e a s . v . (addr. 101 212).

The signal close enable is signaled spontaneously both as "start" and as "end" and must therefore be included in a general scan.

The signal A S C : C l o s e r e j e c t i o n (addr. 037 086) is issued only after the operative time has elapsed and there is then no synchronism. This signal is also issued after a test close request if, during the operative time, a close enable is temporarily signaled.

The number of test close requests and the number of close rejections after test close requests are not counted, e.g. the counters A S C : N o . c l o s e r e q u e s t s (addr. 009 033) and A S C : N o . c l o s e r e j e c t i o n s (addr. 009 034) will only consider "authentic" close requests.

If during the operative time (after a test close request) there is an authentic close request issued by the device control function (HMI) or from the interfaces (or the ARC) the test run is terminated and ASC is restarted. Then, after the first close enable is reached, the close command is issued and the operative time is terminated. The signal A S C : C l o s e r e j e c t i o n (addr. 037.086) is issued when the set operative time has elapsed without synchronism conditions having been met and the circuit breaker is not switched.

The setting range for the operative time was increased from 0.00 – 60.00 s to 0.0 – 6000.0 s and the step range was reduced from 0.01 s to 0.1 s.

The settable reset times for the signals

A S C : t C l o s e e n a b l e V o l t . P S x (addr. 0XX 241)

A S C : t C l o s e e n a b l e s y n . P S x (addr. 0XX 240)

have been replaced by fixed minimum times of 100 ms.

These measured event values have been added to the Automatic Synchronism Check:

A S C : V o l t a g e V r e f (addr. 004 087)

A S C : V o l t . s e l . m e a s . l o o p (addr. 004.088)

The measuring range of the measured event value

A S C : V o l t . m a g n i t . d i f f . (addr. 004 091)

has been changed from 0.000 – 3.000 Vnom to –3.000 – 3.000 Vnom.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-7

Version Changes

LIMIT Bug fixing: If the temperature measurand T was set to "not measured" the stages T< and T<< in the limit value monitoring function would start.

P139-304-405/406/407-605 Release: 28.11.2003

Hardware A new communication module A, providing the InterMiCOM protective interface COMM3, can now be fitted in slot 3 instead of the transient ground fault detection module N.

A new temperature p/c board (RTD module) can now be fitted in slot 3, instead of the transient ground fault detection module N (TGFD module).

As an alternative to the conventional transformer modules for analog input signals there is now a new CT/VT-board with NCIT available. Details are available on request. See chapter 2, section "Connecting NCITs to Inputs on the CT/VT-board with NCIT".

Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available. Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires such binary signal inputs.

Diagram The new connection diagrams include the InterMiCOM communication interface (function group COMM3), the temperature p/c board (RTD module) and the CT/VT-board with NCIT.




LOC Customized binary signal panels can now be created. A customized Bay Panel can be sub-divided into up to eight images.

The selection table for the Operation Panel was extended.

The signals M037-M040 can now be configured as image variables.

Bug fixing: When, after a switchgear unit had been selected locally, local control was switched over to remote control, the selection of local switching actions could continue to be made up to the termination of the reset time.

COMM1 Bug fixing concerning various communication protocols:

DNP3: Multiple telegrams are prevented.

The protocol per IEC60850-5-101 incorrectly transmitted negative operating values.

IEC-60870-5-101: In the data model there was an incorrect selection for parameter C O M M 1 : T i m e t a g l e n g t h (addr. 003 198). Furthermore 3 Bytes were used irrespective of the setting.


D-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

COMM1(2) Bug fixing concerning the IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol: For the reclose commands of high-speed and time-delayed reclosing

(Function Type 80h, Information nos. 80h and 81h), the status changes 'On' to 'Off' were signaled spontaneously and were transmitted as part of the response to a general scan.

The fault location F T _ D A : F a u l t r e a c t . , p r i m . (addr. 004 029) (Function Type 80h, Information no. 49h), will no longer be sent spontaneously, if its value is 'Not measured‘.

With the fault values transmission the scaling factor for the primary value of channel VNG was corrected by a factor of 1/√3.

COMM3 New function group: COMM3 (InterMiCOM protection interface) permits end-end channel-aided schemes to be configured, without the need of discrete carrier equipment.

INP Further reset commands were added to the function assignment of binary signal inputs.

MEASO Scaling of the BCD coded output of measurands now allows the setting of an output values range. This feature is required if signed event measurands are assigned to the BCD output (like fault location or short-circuit reactance,...).

MAIN Sensitivity for the setting of this parameter was increased to 0.01 s: M A I N : S u p p r e s s s t a r t . s i g . (addr. 017 054)

The determination of the faulty phase during a ground fault in Petersen coil compensated power systems is improved to avoid incorrect signaling at the end of the ground fault.

These measured operating values have been added: M A I N : A p p a r . p o w e r S p r i m . (addr. 005 025) and M A I N : A p p a r . p o w e r S p . u . (addr. 005 026).

The delay time for the Running Time Monitoring of manually operated switchgear can now be set: M A I N : D e l a y M a n . O p . S u p e r v (addr. 221 079)

Bug fixing: All energy counters were reset by a general starting (GS).

Bug fixing: The values set for the primary transformer voltages were reset to their default values when a warm restart of the device occurred.

Bug fixing: If a device or switchgear designation was omitted in a customized panel then the device went out of order when such a panel was selected.

MAIN ARC ASC PSIG

The stored status is no longer reset with a warm restart of the device, when specific functions are enabled or disabled through a binary signal input.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-9

Version Changes

FT_DA The determination of measured fault values during short fault times is improved.

Bug fixing: Fault locations of numerical values >655.35% were falsely displayed as small values.

Bug fixing: When a residual current starting occurs without a phase current starting all measured fault values dependent on a measurement loop are set to 'Not measured'.

FT_RC

Direction signaling for the short-circuit direction determination function was added to the selection table for the fault recording trigger: F T _ R C : F c t . a s s i g . T r i g g e r (addr. 003 085)

DTOC Three negative-sequence current stages were added to the definite-time overcurrent protection.

IDMT Bug fixing: The trip signals from the residual current stage and the negative-sequence current stage were not reset with the release of starting.

ARC Bug fixing: The HSR & TDR counters could only be acknowledged/cleared by a cold restart.

ASC Bug fixing: With a close request the counter A S C : N o . G F ( c u r r . m e a s ) (addr. 009 003) was increment by a count of 8 instead of 1.

Bug fixing: When a test close request was issued in the operating mode "synchronism-checked" a chattering of the ASC enable signal could occur.

TGFD The setting range of T G F D : I N , p > (addr. 016 042) is extended down to 0.03 Inom.

The pick-up delay of the measuring circuit monitoring signal S F M O N : T G F D m o n . t r i g g e r e d (addr. 093 094) is now increased from 5 s to 65 s.

P<> The power directional protection now includes overload stages for active and reactive power.

The starting signals from the power directional protection stages now feature direction dependency.

The setting range for the parameter P < > : R e l e a s e d e l a y Q > P S x (addr. 017 172) is now extended to max. 100.00 s.

MCMON The default setting for parameter M C M O : F F , V r e f e n a b l e d U S E R . (addr. 013 014) was changed from 'Yes' to 'No'.

LIMIT Reference voltage monitoring from the fifth VT input was added to the Limit Value Monitoring function.

LOGIC Bug fixing: The time dependent logic outputs - L O G I C : O u t p u t x ( t ) (addr. 042 033) (with x=1 to 32) - are reset for a short period during parameter subset selection.


D-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

DEVx (x=1 to 10)

Bug fixing: When the additions to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 were applied, the return signal identification was missing in the acknowledgment of commands to switchgear.

CMD_1 Single commands, created with the bay editor from the PC Access Software MiCOM S1, can now also be configured to output relays on the output module X (6xO) in slot 10 (with 40 TE cases) or slot 18 (with 84 TE cases).

SIG_1 Bug fixing: A concurrent use of signals M001 and M033 was not possible.

Bug fixing: The wrong selection table for communication in the data model was assigned to the signal S I G _ 1 : L o g i c s i g n a l S 0 1 0 (addr. 226 077).

SFMON To prevent the risk of contention problems because of the simultaneous disruption of the supply voltage and the auxiliary voltage for the binary signal inputs m.c.b. trip signals are now delayed internally for 300 ms.

Bug fixing: Sporadic triggering of the internal monitoring of the 15 V and 24 V voltages without a fault in the power supply module being present was eliminated.

This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and only available on request!

P139-305-408/409/410-610 Release: 20.05.2005

Hardware The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now available and may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication module A.

Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module communication interface.




Software

LOC Addition of the event counter to the selection for the Fault Panel A S C : N o . R C a f t . m a n . c l o s (004 009).

Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel. M E A S I : S c a l e d v a l u e I D C , l i n (004 180).


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-11

Version Changes

COMM1 The selection of register assignments for signals in the MODBUS protocol has been extended with the signal S C D D : F a u l t P b a c k w a r d (036 019).

Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted to the DNP3 protocol.

Bug fixing: A change of a communication parameter will no longer lead to a sporadic warm restart of the device, when the Courier protocol is used.

COMM3 Bug fixing: After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at S F M O N : H a r d w a r e e r r o r C O M M 3 (093 143) will now only occur if there actually is such a hardware error.

IEC Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol.

GSSE In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a communication procedure has been implemented that is compatible with previous UCA2 GOOSE for the exchange of binary information within an Ethernet network section.

SFMON A number of device bugs previously lead to a blocking with the second entry to the monitoring signal memory (i.e. if the recurring fault was already stored in the monitoring signal memory – see Chapter 10 in the Technical Manual). This reaction was modified in such a manner that device blocking will only occur if a renewed appearance of the same device fault lies within a set "memory retention time" S F M O N : M o n . s i g . r e t e n t i o n (021 018). This makes it possible to tolerate sporadic faults, resulting from control actions, without having to clear the monitoring signal memory in the interim.

The significance of the time stamp was modified to accommodate this new feature. The time stamp now represents the last appearance of the fault.

OUTP/LED Addition of the signal A S C : C l o s e r e q u e s t (034 018) to the selection of freely configurable LED indicators and output relays.

FT_RC The duration of the disturbance record is limited to 1 minute so as to avoid a record of an endless disturbance.

The signal A R C : B l o c k i n g E X T (036.050) is now stored in the fault recording (previously only the resulting signal A R C : B l o c k e d (004.069) was recorded).

MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input and the "PT 100" input has been improved.


D-12 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

MAIN Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in the branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred to the parameter subsets.

M A I N : N e u t r . p t . t r e a t . P S x M A I N : H l d t i m e d y n . p a r . P S x M A I N : B l . t i m . s t . I N , n e g P S x M A I N : G e n . s t a r t . m o d e P S x M A I N : O p . r u s h r e s t r . P S x M A I N : R u s h I ( 2 f n ) / I ( f n ) P S x M A I N : I > l i f t r u s h r e s t r P S x M A I N : S u p p r . s t a r t . s i g . P S x M A I N : t G S P S x

With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes by selecting the appropriate parameter subset.

The parameter M A I N : N e u t r a l - p o i n t t r e a t . (010 048) used only in conjunction with the ASC is now visible if the ASC function has been configured. Furthermore the selections at various neutral point treatments that occur by this parameter have now been reduced to a selection relevant to the application.

The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be selected. Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected.

M A I N : P r i m . S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 210) M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211)

For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time tag for the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse edge is detected). The setting M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (221 083) is provided for this purpose.

Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.

PSIG Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.

ARC Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.The DTOC negative-sequence current stage started the ARC by triggering the ARC trip time of the IDMT negative-sequence current stage.

ASC Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to the maximum possible number of external devices.

Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-13

Version Changes

GFDSS The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset.

Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in order to obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a response to the increased application of ground fault direction signaling as a tripping condition.

Bug fixing: The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed.

Bug fixing: The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values > 65 s.

TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset.

THERM Bug fixing: In the event of an open circuit in the 20 mA current loop when using this to measure temperatures there was no automatic activation of the corresponding backup temperature sensor.

P<> The setting range for the following parameters was extended from max. 0.5 Snom to now max. 1.5 Snom:

P < > : P > (017 120) P < > : P > > (017 140) P < > : Q > (017 160) P < > : Q > > (017 180)

Bug fixing: When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower disengaging ratio than that which had been set.

Bug fixing: When the stage P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was triggered the signal P < > : F a u l t P < (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was issued even though the operate delay for the stage was blocked.

CBM Function circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added.

LIMIT Parameter cells and signals related to Vref are only visible when the device has been fitted with a fifth VT to measure Vref .


D-14 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and only available on request!

P139-305-408/409/410-610 -704



Software

IEC With regard to IEC 61850-8-1 the data type for the quality of measured values and signals has been changed from 14 bit to 13 bit.

P139-306-408/409/410-611 Release: 07.11.2005

Hardware Further variants with binary signal inputs with a higher operate threshold are now available. This makes the following selections available:

>18 V (standard variant) (Without order extension No.) >90 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 125 ... 150 V) (Order ext. No. 461) >155 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 220 ... 250 V) (Order ext. No. 462) >73 V (67% of VA,nom = 110 V) (Order ext. No. 463)

>146 V (67% of VA,nom = 220 V) (Order ext. No. 464)

Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold is not specifically required by application.


Software

LOC Extensive expansion of the parameter selection L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y (080 110). Instead of selecting only one assigned protocol by pressing the READ key there are now up to 16 different addresses assigned which can be selected by pressing the READ key more than once in succession (menu jump function).

COMM1/ COMM2

With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating values has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram.

IEC General expansion of the Logical Nodes according to the IEC 61850 data model.

For access by the support software S1 via Ethernet the function "Setting by Tunneling" has been implemented.

GOOSE For the exchange of binary information in an Ethernet network section the IEC 61850 communication procedure (IEC-GOOSE) has been implemented.

SFMON Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English designation text is used) for this signal:

S F M O N : C B f a u l t y E X T (098 072)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-15

Version Changes

MAIN The following per unit measured operating values have been added:

M A I N : C u r r e n t I p o s p . u . (009 016) M A I N : C u r r e n t I n e g p . u . (009 015) M A I N : V o l t a g e V p o s p . u . (009 018) M A I N : V o l t a g e V n e g p . u . (009 017) M A I N : F r e q u e n c y f p . u . (004 070) M A I N : A n g l e V P G / I N p . u . (005 072) M A I N : L o a d a n g l e p h i A p . u (005 073) M A I N : L o a d a n g l e p h i B p . u (005 074) M A I N : L o a d a n g l e p h i C p . u (005 075) M A I N : A n g l e p h i N p . u . (005 076)

The parameter M A I N : R o t a r y f i e l d (010 049) was renamed to M A I N : P h a s e s e q u . (010 049). In addition the parameter selection for clockwise and anticlockwise was also changed to A-B-C and A-C-B.

Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English designation text is used) for the following parameter:

M A I N : P r i m . S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 210) M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211)

FT_RC The signal F T _ R C : R e c o r d . t r i g a c t i v e (002 002) has been implemented, which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present.

FT_DA Bug fixing: When a fault location is outside the measuring range it could happen that the fault location was measured as too small by the fault measurand F T _ D A : F a u l t l o c a t . p e r c e n t (004 027)

DTOC A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an extended setting range has been integrated. Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the residual current calculated from the three phase currents.

IDMT2 A second inverse-time overcurrent protection function has been added.

SCDD A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction determination function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with the non-faulted voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from which the SCDD function can obtain necessary voltage information for direction determination when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage drop have occurred.

MP The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit measured operating values:

M P : T h e r m . r e p l . M P p . u . (005 071) M P : S t - u p s s t . p e r m . p . u . (005 086)


D-16 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

THERM The parameters T H E R M : B l . f . C T A f a u l t P S x have been replaced by the parameters with an extended setting range T H E R M : F u n c t . f . C T A f a i l . P S x . In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the relative and absolute replica the previous parameter T H E R M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e (022 063) has been replaced by:

T H E R M : R e l a t i v e r e p l i c a (022 064) T H E R M : A b s o l u t e r e p l i c a (022 065)

It should be remembered that an explicit selection – relative or absolute replica – for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no such explicit selection – relative or absolute replica – is carried out the thermal overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal T H E R M : S e t t i n g e r r o r , b l o c k . (039 110) is issued.

These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the warning temperature in the absolute replica:

T H E R M : O/T f.Iref pers. PSx T H E R M : W a r n i n g t e m p . P S x

The following signals have been added to the thermal overload protection:

T H E R M : R e c l o s u r e b l o c k e d (039 024) T H E R M : N o t r e a d y (040 035)

V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an enable threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the undervoltage stages (V<, V<<, Vpos<, Vpos<<). The undervoltage stages are blocked if during active monitoring the set threshold of at least one phase is not exceeded by the phase currents. There are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for minimum current monitoring and to set the enable threshold:

V < > : O p . m o d e V < m o n . P S x V < > : I e n a b l e V < P S x

f<> Bug fixing: The origin for imprecise frequency measurements, when 6 cycles were selected for the evaluation time, has now been eliminated.

CBF The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function now includes a current breaking-off criterion.

The previous signal C B F : C B f a i l u r e (036 017) has been replaced by the following signals:

C B F : T r i p s i g n a l t 1 (038 215) C B F : T r i p s i g n a l t 2 (038 219)

CBM Bug fixing: An incorrect internally active wear characteristic lead to an incorrect calculation of the number of CB operations remaining, when at least one of these parameters was set to blocked: C B M : M e d . c u r r . I t r i p , C B (022 014) or C B M : P e r m . C B o p . I m e d , C B (022 015)


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-17

Version Changes

This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version, which is project-specific and only available on request!

P139-306-408/409/410-611 -706



Software

ASC Bug fixing: When the automatic synchronism check (ASC) was linked to the control of an external device and a close command was issued to this external device from the local control panel, the external device was always blocked from closing by the ASC function. This error occurred only when the communication protocol per IEC 61850 was used with the protection and control unit.

P139-306-408/409/410-611 -707 Release: 16.02.2006



Software

IEC Bug fixing: The range of the internal values assigned to the various operating modes of the parameter I E C : D E V c o n t r o l m o d e l (221 081) now starts with a '1' instead of a '0'.

INP The request routine for binary signal inputs has been enhanced to suppress external interference.

P139-306-408/409/410-611 -709 Release: 05.10.2006



Software

IEC Bug fixing: If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and control unit.

Bug fixing: If a 'Select' or 'Operate' command for an external device, in which the interlock bit had been set, was sent from a client to the protection and control unit it could occur that such a command was rejected.


D-18 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

P139-307-411/412/413-612 Hardware As an ordering option for the 40TE and 84TE model versions there is now a variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is always supplied with a case width of 40TE. The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI are provided as multi-color LEDs.

The ordering option Ethernet module with 100 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector has replaced the ordering option Ethernet module with 10 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector.

Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect the detachable HMI.

P139.411 (for 40TE case, with pin-terminal connection)

P132.412 (for 40TE case, transformer module: ring-terminal connection; other modules: pin-terminal connection)

P139.413 (for 84TE case, with ring-terminal connection)

Software

DVICE Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" these additional Device Identification parameters are now available:

D V I C E : S W v e r s i o n D H M I (002 131) D V I C E : S W v e r s i o n D H M I D M (002 132)

LOC Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" this additional Device Identification parameter is now available: L O C : L o c a l H M I exists (221 099).

Additional item in the selection table for the operation panel: C O U N T : C o u n t 1 (217 100).

COMM1 When the protocols per IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-103 are used, the message C O M M 1 : B u f f e r o v e r r u n (221 100) is issued when an internal buffer overrun of the spontaneous control function signals has occurred.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-19

Version Changes

IEC Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to logged-on clients with the parameter I E C : T C P k e e p - a l i v e t i m e r (104 062). This active monitoring now replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter I E C : I n a c t i v i t y t i m e r (104 050).

Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time, activated by parameter I E C : S w i t c h . d a y l . s a v . t i m e (104 219). Switchover times for the automatic switch to daylight saving time are governed by the following settings:

I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t a r t (104 220) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . d (104 221) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . m (104 222) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t . s t . 0 : 0 0 + (104 223) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e e n d (104 225) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e e n d d (104 226) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e e n d m (104 227) I E C : D a y l . s a v . t . e n d 0 : 0 0 + (104 228)

A second SNTP server may now be applied for time synchronization. Should no answer be transmitted by the first SNTP server the next request is automatically transferred to the second SNTP server (backup function).

I E C : S N T P s e r v e r 1 I P (104 202) I E C : S N T P s e r v e r 2 I P (104 210)

Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish a communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network, now only the setting of the gateway address is required via I E C : G a t e w a y a d d r e s s (104 011).

Now 'unbuffered reports' are available for all logical nodes.

GOOSE VLAN priority for GOOSE is set via G O O S E : V L A N P r i o r i t y (106 007).

The dataset reference for GOOSE is displayed via the measured value G O O S E : D a t a S e t R e f e r e n c e (106 008).

INP Bug fixing: The input signal M A I N : M a n . T r i p c m d . E X T (037 018) did not operate when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3, GSSE or GOOSE and triggered via this communication link. (Triggering via a binary signal input operated correctly.)

LED The operating mode for the LED indicators has been extended by the operating mode LED flashing.

Configuration, operating mode and physical state of the permanently configured LED indicators H1 and H17 are now displayed via configuration parameters and physical state signals.

The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the variant with a detachable HMI may now be assigned two signals, each with a different color (red or green). If both assigned signals are active the resulting LED color will be 'amber' (yellow).


D-20 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

MAIN The parameter MAIN: T i m e T a g (221 098) has replaced the previous parameter M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (217 083). In addition there is a third operating mode available for selection.

COUNT The settable debouncing time for count value acquisition is no longer required.

P139-307-411/412/413-612 -710 Release: 14.12.2006



Software

IEC Bug fixing: If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and control unit.

P139-307-411/412/413-612 -712 and P139-306-408/409/410-611 -711 Release: 14.02.2007



Software

IEC Bug fixing: Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE are not affected.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-21

Version Changes

P139-307-411/412/413-614 Hardware No modifications


Software With this version resetting options have been extended such that now there is a corresponding external signal available for each manual reset function; now the respective counter or memory can be reset by an appropriately assigned binary signal. Similar to this all manual reset parameters have been renamed by adding the phrase "USER" to the descriptive text (it may be abbreviated so that the max number of characters allowed is not exceeded). Example: M A I N : G e n e r a l r e s e t was renamed to M A I N : G e n e r a l r e s e t U S E R , G F D S S : R e s e t c o u n t e r s was renamed to G F D S S : R e s e t c o u n t e r s U S E R .

LOC Because such new reset options are available the RESET key can now be configured with the new parameter L O C : F c t . R e s e t k e y . Additionally two menu jump lists are now available that can have functions assigned by setting these new parameters: L O C : F c t . m e n u j m p l i s t x (x=1,2) The parameter L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y was renamed to L O C : F c t . r e a d k e y .

IEC I E C : D e a d b a n d v a l u e (104 051) was divided into several individual settings: I E C : U p d a t e M e a s u r e m e n t s (104 229) I E C : D e a d b a n d I P (104 230) I E C : D e a d b a n d I N (104 231) I E C : D e a d b a n d V P P (104 232) I E C : D e a d b a n d V P G (104 233) I E C : D e a d b a n d f (104 234) I E C : D e a d b a n d P (104 235) I E C : D e a d b a n d p h i (104 236) I E C : D e a d b a n d Z (104 237) I E C : D e a d b a n d m i n / m a x (104 238) I E C : D e a d b a n d A S C (104 239) I E C : D e a d b a n d t e m p . (104 240) I E C : D e a d b a n d 2 0 m A (104 241)

GOOSE The number of addressable external devices was increased from 16 to 32.

The parameter G O O S E : D a t a s e t C f g . R e v i s i o n (106 005) was renamed to G O O S E : D a t a s e t C f g . R e v i s i o n (106 009) and all parameters G O O S E : E x t . D e v x x i n t e r m . p o s (xx=1 to 16) are now available as G O O S E : E x t . D e v y y i n t e r m . p o s (yy=1 to 32)


D-22 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Version Changes

MAIN Two group resetting functions have been introduced as new reset options. These may be applied either manually (e.g. parameter "USER") or with a binary signal (e.g. parameter "EXT"). The sign of the measured operating data values for active and reactive power can be defined by setting the parameter M A I N : M e a s . d i r e c t i o n P , Q (006 096).

The following measured operating data for delayed/stored phase current values have been added: MAIN: IA prim,demand (006 226) MAIN: IB prim,demand (006 227) MAIN: IC prim,demand (006 228) MAIN: IA prim,demand stor. (006 223) MAIN: IB prim,demand stor. (006 224) MAIN: IC prim,demand stor. (006 225) MAIN: IA p.u.,demand (006 235) MAIN: IB p.u.,demand (006 236) MAIN: IC p.u.,demand (006 237) MAIN: IA p.u.,demand stor. (006 232) MAIN: IB p.u.,demand stor. (006 223) MAIN: IC p.u.,demand stor. (006 234)

The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been changed: M A I N : I P , m a x p r i m , d e m a n d . s t (005 034) M A I N : I P , m a x p . u . , d e m a n d . s t (005 035) M A I N : I P , m a x p r i m . , d e m a n d (005 036) M A I N : I P , m a x p . u . , d e m a n d (005 037) M A I N : P h . e r r . V C G , 2 N C I T (010 194)

The following logic state signals are issued depending on the respective control point position: M A I N : C m d . f r . c o m m . i n t e r f (221 101) M A I N : C o m m a n d f r o m H M I (221 102) M A I N : C m d . f r . e l e c t r . c t r l (221 103)

COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input may now be selected as the primary source to synchronize the date and time (M A I N : P r i m . S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 210)). COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input continue to be available as the backup source (M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211)).

SFMON The parameter S F M O N : I n v a l . S W v e r s . C O M M 1 (093 075) was renamed to S F M O N : I n v a l . S W C O M M 1 / I E C (093 075)

MEASI In case a hardware fault on the temperature p/c board (RTD module) is detected then the parameter M E A S I : R T D H W F a i l u r e (006 102) is set. When a hardware fault is detected on the analog I/O module Y the parameter M E A S I : I / O H W F a i l u r e (006 103) is set.

INP The setting I N P : F i l t e r (010 220) is now available for conformity with standard IEC 60255-22-7, class A.


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-23

Version Changes

ARC All parameters containing the phrase "Ineg>" in the descriptive text have been renamed and now use the term "Iref,neg". Similarly the terms "kIref>" and "kINref>" were renamed to "IrefP>" and "IrefN>".

THERM The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been changed: T H E R M : R s e t t h e r m . r e p l . U S E R to T H E R M : R e s e t r e p l i c a U S E R (022 061)

MP Now the device features an “hours run” counter and this includes a comparison to the corresponding set upper limit.

The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been changed: M P : R s e t t h e r m . r e p l . U S E R to: M P : R e s e t r e p l i c a U S E R (022 073)

CBF The parameter C B F : I > (022 160) was renamed to C B F : I < .

The signal C B F : C B f a i l u r e (036 017) is now available again.

DEVxx The sate signals D E V x x : O p e n c m d . r e c e i v e d and D E V x x : C l o s e c m d . r e c e i v e d are now issued and stored in the operating data memory.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-24

Schneider Electric 35 rue Joseph Monier 92506 Rueil-Malmaison FRANCE

Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00 www.schneider-electric.com Publishing: Schneider Electric

Publication: P139/EN M/Ea8 Version: -614 11/2010

© 2

010

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

MiCOM P139


P139/EN AD/Bk9 (AFSV.12.10261 D)

Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614

⇒ P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630

Upgrade Documentation

P139, Changes from software version -614 to -630

P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-3

In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical Manual listed below.

References Released Version Documentation

13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172.D)

P139, Changes from software version -614 to -630 (continued)

U-4 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Overview

Version Changes

P139-307-411/412/413-614-718 Release: 04.08.2008



Software

IEC Bug fixing:

Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few milli-seconds.

Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are: MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut V o l t a g e V N G p r i m . MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res V o l t . Σ ( V P G ) / 3 p r i m .

MmuPriMMXU1/A.res C u r r e n t Σ I P p r i m .

MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut V o l t a g e V N G p . u . MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res V o l t . Σ ( V P G ) / 3 p . u . MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut C u r r e n t I N p . u . MmuSecMXU1/A.res C u r r e n t Σ I P p . u .

LOC Bug fixing:

When the French character set was selected the Spanish character set appeared instead on the detachable HMI.

P139-307-411/412/413-614-719 Release: 04.09.2008



Software

IEC Bug fixing:

A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals were received (SPC’s system/ SPCOx)

CBF Bug fixing:

The error occurring with the initialization of the 3-phase startup has been fixed.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-5

Version Changes

P139-308-414/415/416-630 Release: 15.11.2008

Hardware

Three optional new binary I/O modules are now available: Bi6Bo6H: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 output

relays with heavy duty contacts Bo4H: Binary output relay board with 4 heavy duty contacts Bi6Bo3: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output

relays

Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces with the new binary I/O modules. P139-414 (for 40T case, with pin-terminal connection) P139-415 (for 40T case,

transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection)

P139-416 (for 84T case, with ring-terminal connection)

Software

IEC Phase 2 of the IEC 61850 communications protocol has been implemented.

LOC New address for the hold-time of the measured value display added.

(031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l Values range from 1 to 60 seconds. Default setting blocked, therefore the behavior is backward- (reverse-) compatible (new functionality disabled).

Functionality: With the Bay Panel display the next or the previous configured measured value may be selected by pressing the keys "cursor down" or "cursor up". The new feature is that the next value will appear after the set time period has elapsed. When set to blocked the selected value will always be displayed.

Bug fixing:

The Password Display mode was not supported during a startup.

COMM 1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).

These new addresses were added:

Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1

(221 105) COMM1: S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t – Not assigned – DEV01 to DEV10

(221 106) COMM1: T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . – don't execute – execute open – execute close – execute intermed.

Bug fixing:

Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.


U-6 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Version Changes

MAIN Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general starting condition and no longer set to "Not measured".

New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4 energy measured values: (008 065) MAIN: A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh (008 066) MAIN:A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh (008 067) MAIN: R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h(008 068) MAIN: R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h

The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been removed.

THERM The new measured operating value "Thermal current" has been implemented as a part of function group THERM.

primCTInomIreplthermStatusprimthermI ref ⋅⋅••⋅⋅

=100

,,

I,therm,prim: T H E R M : C u r r e n t I , t h e r m p r i m (007 220)Status therm repl: THERM: Status THERM repl ica (004 016) Iref: T H E R M : I r e f P S x (072 179, 073 179, 074 179, 075 179)Inom CT prim: M A I N : I n o m C . T . p r i m . (010 001)

The per-unit thermal current is displayed as a variable referred to Iref:

primCTInomIprimthermIupthermI

ref ⋅⋅•= ,,..,,

I,therm,p.u.: T H E R M : C u r r e n t I , t h e r m p . u (007 221)

In a measured values message the thermal current is processed as a per-unit variable referred to Iref.

V<> The stages Vref>, Vref>> and Vef<, Vref<< have been added to the time-voltage protection function:

New parameters:

007 064, 007 071, 007 075, 007 079 V<>: Vref> PSx 007 065, 007 068, 007 072, 007 076 V<>: Vref>> PSx 007 066, 007 069, 007 073, 007 077 V<>: tVref> PSx 007 067, 007 070, 007 074, 007 078 V<>: tVref>> PSx 007 086, 007 097, 007 101, 007 105 V<>: Vref< PSx 007 087, 007 098, 007 102, 007 106 V<>: Vref<< PSx 007 088, 007 099, 007 103, 007 107 V<>: tVref< PSx 007 096, 007 100, 007 104, 007 108 V<>: tVref<< PSx


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-7

Version Changes

F_KEY Bug fixing:

The function key selection (function group F_KEY) has been removed from the configuration.


U-8 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

2. Functional Details

2.1 Communication Interface IEC 61850 (Function Group IEC)

As a further option the protection and control unit features an interface protocol according to the Ethernet-based communication standard IEC 61850. With regard to the implementation and configuration of the IEC communication interface the P139 versions as of firmware version -630 are now different from previous design versions.

IEC 61850 IEC 61850 was created jointly by users and manufacturers as an international standard. The main target of IEC 61850 is interoperability of devices. This includes the capability of two or more intelligent electronic devices (IED), manufactured by the same company or different companies, to exchange data for combined operation.

This communication standard IEC 61850 has now created an open and common basis for communication from the process control level down to the network control level, for the exchange of signals, data, measured values and commands.

For a standardized description of all information and services available in a field device a data model, which lists all visible functions, is created. Such a data model, specifically created for each device, is used as a basis for an exchange of data between the devices and all process control installations interested in such information. In order to facilitate engineering at the process control level a standardized description file of the device, based on XML, is created with the help of the data model. This file can be imported and processed further by the relevant configuration program used by the process control device. This makes possible an automated creation of process variables, substations and signal images.

Available is the following documentation providing the description of the IEC 61850 data model which is used with this unit:

IDC file based on XML in the SCL (Substation Configuration Description Language) with a description of data, properties and services, available from the protection and control unit, that are to be imported into the configuration tool "IED Configurator” or into a system configurator.

PICS_MICS_ADL file with the following contents:

PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of available services.

MICS (Model Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of available object types.

ADL (Address Assignment List) with an overview of the assignment of parameter addresses (signals, measuring values, commands, etc.) used by the protection and control unit with the data model as per IEC 61850.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-9

Ethernet module The optional Ethernet module provides an RJ45 connection and a fiber optic interface where an Ethernet network can be connected. The selection which of the two interfaces is to be used to connect to the Ethernet network is made by setting the parameter [IC]: Media. There are two ordering variants available for the fiber-optic interface: the ST connector and the SC connector both for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm (a third variant ST connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm is pending). The RJ45 connector supports 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s.

The optional Ethernet module additionally provides an RS485 interface for remote access with the operating program MiCOM S1 (function group COMM2).

Notes: The protection and control unit may be equipped with the optional Ethernet module only as an alternative to the standard optional communication module. Therefore the Ethernet based communication protocol IEC 61850 is only available as an alternative to function group COMM1.

Configuration and enabling The IEC function group can be included in the configuration by setting the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the protection and control unit. After having included the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C in the configuration the parameter I E C : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R and the parameters for internal clock tracking are visible and freely configurable.

All further visible setting parameters from the IEC function group provide information only. They are set with the "IED Configurator", but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program. In the following description text they are identified by the characters "[ IC]: . . . " .

The function can be enabled or disabled by setting I E C : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R .

The setting parameters from the IEC function group as well as the related function groups GOOSE and GSSE are not automatically active in the protection and control unit. The protection and control unit features two memory "banks" one of which includes the active setting parameters. The other memory bank is used with the configuration procedure for parameters from the IED Configurator and the operating system. Specific project-related extensions of the IEC 61850 parameters from the IED Configurator are loaded into the protection and control unit by downloading a .MCL file. The inactive communication parameters are activated by executing the command I E C : S w i t c h C o n f i g . B a n k . This command may also be issued from the IED Configurator.


U-10 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

.scd.icd

.mcl .x3v

IED Configurator

.iid

IED Configurator

PACiS SCE

19Z7001 A_EN

System configurator

S&R 103Operating program

U-1 Configuration according to IEC 61850-6


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-11

IED

Processor module

IEC 61850 parameters separate from protection device parameters!

New approach to IED parameter management

Control PC

Parameter download

Parameter upload

Operating program

IEDConfigurator

Deviceparameter s

Ethernet module

IEC 61850parameter

Bank 1 Bank 2

Bank switching to enable the device parameters

Parameter switch

IEC 61850parameter

19Z7002 A_EN U-2 Saving configuration parameters

Client log-on Communication in Ethernet no longer occurs in a restrictive master slave system, as is common with other protocols. Instead server or client functionalities, as defined in the 'Abstract Communication Service Interface' (ACSI, IEC 61870-7-2), are assigned to the protection and control units. A 'server' is always that unit which provides information to other units. A client may log on to this server in order to receive information, for instance 'reports'. In its function as server the protection and control unit can supply up to 16 clients, linked into the network, with spontaneous or cyclic information.


U-12 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Clock synchronization With IEC 61850 clock synchronization occurs via the SNTP protocol, defined as standard for Ethernet. Here the protection and control unit functions as an SNTP client.

For clock synchronization one can choose between the operating modes Anycast from SNTP Server or Request from Server. With the first operating mode synchronization occurs by a broadcast message sent from the SNTP server to all units in the network, and in the second operating mode the protection and control unit requests a unit-specific time signal during a settable cycle.

Two SNTP servers may be set. In this case, clock synchronization is preferably performed by the first server. The second server is only reverted to if no signal is received from the first server.

When looking at the source priority for clock synchronization, which is set at the MAIN function then, by selecting "COMM1/IEC", synchronization per IEC 61850 is automatically active but only if this communication protocol is applied.

Generating datasets, reporting

The specific project related feature of the protection and control unit’s communications behavior is determined by the configuration of datasets, reports and high priority transmission methods. A piece of information must be included in a dataset so as to be transmitted as a signal. A dataset is a list to transmit certain data objects. The selection of data objects and the resulting length of the dataset is determined by the application; merely the maximum size of a dataset to be transmitted by GOOSE (see next section) is limited to 1500 bytes. Data objects provided by the protection and control unit are available for selection with a structure as specified by IEC 61850. Within the quality descriptor for each piece of information the invalid bit and the test bit are served according to the protection and control unit’s state; the other attributes are not set. Any number of datasets may be created with the IED Configurator. Saving datasets at System\LLN0 is compulsory. The knowledge of dataset content is imperative for decoding and evaluating received signals. Configuration files possess a listing of all datasets with a description of all data objects included.

Next to their use with high priority transmission methods (see following section) datasets are used mainly for reporting. The protection and control unit provides up to sixteen unbuffered reports and eight buffered reports independent of the number of clients logged-on. Management is arranged into sixteen Unbuffered Report Control Blocks (urcbA to urcbP) and eight Buffered Report Control Blocks (brcbA to brcbH). Whereas with unbuffered reporting pieces of information may be lost during a communications failure, the buffered report control blocks support a buffered transmission which is required for the uninterrupted writing of events. A pre-defined dataset may be assigned to each report which will then determine which data object will be transmitted with the relevant report. Assigning datasets is not limited; the same dataset may be referenced in various reports or even in GOOSEs.

The protection and control unit can serve up to sixteen clients. Each client can log-on to any number of available reports, but one report is always allocated exclusively to only one client. The client is then able to activate the wanted report for himself and to set the transmission behavior to his requirements. The system concept with intended clients must be taken into account when datasets are assigned to the reports.

Reports are not received by the protection and control units.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-13

Transmitting modeled signals not provided by the IEC 61850 data model

In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional number of up to 16 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the protection and control unit to be transmitted via reporting. A selection of state signals (shuttling to communications) is made by setting I E C : S i g G G I O 1 s e l e c t i o n . The data object indexes defined for SigGGIO1 must follow the sequence given for the ‘m out of n’ selection for the state signals. The indexes SigGGIO1.ST.ind1 to SigGGIO1.ST.ind16 may then be included in the datasets just as the other data objects.

Single commands Single commands (e.g. short command, long command, persistent command) are configured with the operating program. Sending commands to the protection and control unit can be carried out from all clients that have previously logged-on to the protection and control unit. But only one command at a time is carried out. The operating mode Direct control with normal security is provided for single commands.

Control of switchgear devices

Configuration of control of switchgear devices for the IEC 61850 is only possible with the IED Configurator.

Control of switchgear devices can be carried out from all clients that have previously logged-on to the protection and control unit. Only one control command is carried out at a time, i.e. further control requests issued by other clients during the effecting of such a command are rejected. The following operating modes [ I C ] : c t l M o d e l are available to control external devices by clients and they can be individually set for each switchgear device:

Status only

Direct control with enhanced security

SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security

When set to the operating mode Select before operate the switchgear device is selected by the client before the control command is issued. Because of this selection the switchgear device is reserved for the client. Control requests issued by other clients are rejected. If after a selection no control command is issued by the client the protection and control unit resets this selection after a settable timeout period [ IC]: sboTimeout (default: 2 minutes) has elapsed.

If with a system application it must be ensured that only one control command is being processed system wide ("uniqueness") then interlocking of secondary units among themselves is set up with GOOSE. For further details see description of function group GOOSE.

The switchgear device’s contact positions are signaled to the clients with the reports.

Fault transmission Including fault transmission for the IEC 61850 in the configuration is only possible with the IED Configurator.

Transmission of fault files is supported per "File Transfer". COMTRADE fault files in the protection and control unit are transmitted uniformly either as ASCII or binary formatted files. Fault transmission can be cancelled from the configuration.


U-14 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

High priority transmission of information

Whereas normal server-client services are transmitted at the MMS and TCP/IP level the high priority transmission of information is carried out directly at Ethernet level. Furthermore messages in such a particular form can be received by all participants in the relevant sub-network, independent of their server or client function. They are deployed in instances where high speed transmission of information is wanted between two or more devices. Applications, for example, are reverse interlocking, transfer trip or decentralized substation interlock.

The standard IEC 61850 provides two modes for high priority transmission of information: the GSSE and the GOOSE. The GSSE (also named UCA2-GOOSE ) is used to transmit binary information with a simple configuration by 'bit pairs', and it is compatible with UCA2. The GOOSE enables transmission of all data formats available in the data model, such as binary information, integer values, two-pole contact position signals or analog measured values. The protection and control unit supports receipt and evaluation of GOOSE including binary information and two-pole contact position signals from external devices.

Communication with the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface

Direct access by the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface on the protection and control unit may occur through the "tunneling principle". Transmission is carried out by an Ethernet Standard Protocol, but this is only supported by the associated operating program MiCOM S1 (specific manufacturer solution). Such transmission is accomplished over the same hardware for the network, which is used for server-client communication. Available are all the familiar functions offered by the operating program MiCOM S1 such as reading/writing of setting parameters or retrieving stored data.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-15

Function group IEC presents the following parameters, measured values and signals:

Parameters listed in italic letters provide information only. They are set with

the IEC 61850 configuration tool "IED Configurator", but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program.

Configuration parameters in the operating program

IEC: Function group IEC 056 059

Cancelling function group IEC or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden.

IEC: General enable USER 104 000

Enabling and disabling function group IEC. IEC: Switch Config. Bank 104 043

This parameter can only be sent individually. Accepting the previously set communication parameters as the active communication settings.

IEC: Active Config. Name 104 045

Name of the configuration bank currently valid. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.

IEC: Active Config. Vers. 104 046

Version number of the configuration bank currently valid. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.

IEC: Inact. Config. Name 104 047

Name of the inactive configuration bank. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.

IEC: Inact. Config. Vers. 104 048

Version number of the inactive configuration bank. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.

IEC: IED name 104 057

Explicitly assigned device name for the function in the system (IED); is part of the Logical Device Name. Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.


U-16 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

IEC: IP address 104 001

Explicitly assigned IP address of the protection and control unit used for the server function in the system.

IEC: Subnet mask 104 005

The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.

IEC: Gateway address 104 011

This parameter defines the IPv4 address of the network gateway for communication links to clients outside of the local network.

IEC: SNTP server 1 IP 104 202

IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization. IEC: SNTP server 2 IP 104 210

IP address of the backup server used for clock synchronization IEC: SigGGIO1 selection 104 064

Optional signal assignment for a transmission per communication protocol IEC 61850 based on the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler inputs).

IEC: Diff. local time 104 206

Time difference between UTC and local time at the protection and control unit’s substation.

IEC: Diff. dayl.sav. time 104 207

Time difference of the daylight saving time to standard time. IEC: Switch.dayl.sav.time 104 219

This setting defines whether an automatic switching to daylight saving time is wanted.

IEC: Dayl.sav.time start 104 220

IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. d 104 221

IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. m 104 222

These three parameters define the date for switching from standard time over to daylight saving time. By combining the three parameters I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t a r t (values "first", "second", "third", "fourth", "last"), I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . d (seven weekdays) and I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . m (month) a setting, for example, such as "on the last Sunday in March" can be carried out.

IEC: Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + 104 223

Time period in minutes after midnight when daylight saving time is switched to standard time. If for example the clock is advanced one hour from 2:00 AM to 3:00 AM the parameter I E C : D a y l . s a v . t . s t . 0 : 0 0 + is set to 120 (minutes).

IEC: Dayl.sav.time end 104 225

IEC: Dayl.sav.time end d 104 226

IEC: Dayl.sav.time end m 104 227

IEC: Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ 104 228

These parameters define the date and time of day for the clock changeover from daylight saving time to standard time. Settings are made similar to the changeover to daylight saving time.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-17

Parameter, unit identification DVICE: MAC address module A 104 061

MAC address for the network hardware of the Ethernet module. This address is introduced during manufacture and can only be read.

Function parameters associated with IEC 61850, general function

COUNT: Iec61850 pulsQty 221 096

Setting the scaling factor to transmit the counter value via communication protocol IEC 61850. According to the standard the resulting value is calculated as: Value transmitted = actual value * pulsQty (see IEC 61850: Value = actVal * pulsQty).

Operation, cyclic values, logic state signals

IEC: Comm. link faulty 105 180

Display when an Ethernet module is not operational, i.e. if the MAC address is missing or there is a non-plausible parameter setting.

IEC: Control reservation 221 082

Display if a client has made a reservation to control an external device ("select" for control by control mode "select before operate").

Configuration parameters in the IED Configurator

IED Details: SCL File ID

Identification of the .MCL configuration file; preset. IED Details: SCL File Version

Specific value to identify the IEC 61850 data model and configuration; preset.

IED Details: Name

Explicitly assigned unit name for the function in the system (IED); is part of the Logical Device Name.

Further specific values listed in the column "Template Details” only provide

information. They are preset and can not be modified.

Communications: Connected Sub-Network

Optional name available to identify the Ethernet. Communications: Access Point

Part of the communications control; preset, cannot be modified. Communications: IP Address

Explicitly assigned IP address of the protection and control unit for the server function in the system.

Communications: SubNet Mask

The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.


U-18 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Communications: Gateway Address

This parameter defines the IPv4 address of the network gateway for communication links to clients outside of the local network.

Communications: Media

Network hardware provided as fiber optics or twisted pair copper wires. Communications: TCP Keepalive

Communication monitoring at TCP level; preset. Communications: Database Lock Timeout

Return time period for setting procedures that have commenced; preset. SNTP: Poll Rate (seconds)

Polling interval for clock synchronization; preset. SNTP: Accepted Stratum level

Quality criterion to accept an SNTP server for clock synchronization; preset, cannot be modified.

SNTP: IP Address

IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization. SNTP: virtual key "Use Anycast"

Appointing any server in the local network to provide clock synchronization.

Further specific values listed in the column "External server parameters" may be accepted when imported from a XML configuration file.

Dataset Definitions: Name

Explicitly assigned name for the dataset. Dataset Definitions: Location

Saving datasets at System\LLN0 is compulsory. Dataset Definitions: Contents

Content (data objects, data attributes) of a dataset Dataset Definitions: Display “GOOSE Capacity”

Checking the length of a dataset for less than 1500 bytes to permit transmission in GOOSE messages. The display is irrelevant when the dataset is only used in reports.

Report Control Blocks: Report Type

Report type Unbuffered updating

Buffered saving

Report Control Blocks: Report ID

Report ID consisting of the Device Name and the Report Control Block. Report Control Blocks: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the report.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-19

Report Control Blocks: Configuration Revision

Revision status of the configuration. Controls: ctlModel

To control external devices the following operating modes can be set: Status only

manually operated switching device

Direct control with enhanced security direct command issue with extended monitoring of command effecting

SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security switching device selection procedure with extended monitoring of command effecting

Controls: sboTimeout

Return time period after selection without having a issued command. Controls: Uniqueness of Control: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address used as a receive filter; preset. Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Application ID (hex)

ID-number of the GOOSE. Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Source Path

Information data attribute in the transmitting device. Controls, Uniqueness of Control: GOOSE Identifier

ID of the GOOSE in the transmitting device. Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE in the transmitting device. Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Configuration Revision

Configuration revision status of the transmitting device.


U-20 P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Data Obj Index

Position index of the data object within the GOOSE. Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Default Input Value

Default value for the information in case GOSSE receipt has failed: False default: not set

True default: set

Last Known Value default: retain last value received

Double Point: Intermediate (00) default: switching device in intermediate position

Double Point: Off (01) default: switching device open

Double Point: On (10) default: switching device closed

Double Point: Bad state (11) default: switching device in intermediate position

Measurements: Unit multiplier

Multiplication factor; not supported. Measurements: Scaled measurement range Min

Lower measuring range limit value; not supported. Measurements: Scaled measurement range Max

Upper measuring range limit value; not supported. Measurements: Dead band

Multiplier for the smallest display value of the measured value. In order to have the current measured value sent when it has changed from the value last sent the result of the set dead band value multiplied by the smallest display value must exceed the smallest display value.

Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.measCyc: Value

Transmission of measured values: Time interval in seconds between two dead band evaluations.

Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.enCyc: Value

Cyclic transmission of measured values without dead band check: Time interval in seconds between transmissions of two energy count values.

Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.comtrade: Value

Transmission of COMTRADE fault files formatted either as ASCII or binary files.

Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.distExtr: Value

Cancelling fault transmission or including it in the configuration.

Further specific values listed in the column "Data type” only provide information. They are preset and cannot be modified.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-21

2.2 Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (Function Group GOOSE)

For high priority exchange of information between individual units (IEDs) in a local network, the protection and control unit provides the function group GOOSE as defined in the standard IEC 61850. GOOSE features high-speed and secure transmission of information for reverse interlocking, decentralized substation interlock, trip commands, blocking, enabling, contact position signals and other signals.

GOOSE Messages are only transmitted by switches but not by routers. GOOSE messages therefore remain in the local network to which the protection and control unit is logged-on.

Configuration and enabling Function group GOOSE can be configured with the parameter G O O S E : F u n c t i o n g r o u p G O O S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the protection and control unit. After having configured the GOOSE all parameters associated to this function group are then visible and ready to be configured.

Further setting parameters from function group GOOSE are set with the IED Configurator, but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (MMI) or with the operating program.

The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting G O O S E : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R .


U-22 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

» Device A » Device B

GOOSE: Output 1 ... 32

S1 Studio System/GosGGIO2

System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08

System/LLN0/Datasetx

System/GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 ... 32

IEC 61850

Mapping

MCL

Pos1.stVal ... Pos32.stVal

System/DevGosGGIO3

Pos1.stVal ... Pos32.stVal

System/GosGGIO1

Ext.Dev 1 … 32

S1 Studio

GOOSE: Input 1 ... 32

S1 Studio

19Z7003 A_EN

IED Configurator

IED ConfiguratorIED Configurator

IED Configurator

Fixed assignment

U-3 GOOSE configuration


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-23

Sending GOOSE The GOOSE can send up to eight different GOOSE messages which are managed in eight GOOSE Control Blocks (gcb01 to gcb08). Information content depends on the respective dataset assigned to GOOSE. The maximum size of a dataset to be sent by GOOSE is limited to 1500 bytes. A control display is shown by the IED Configurator to check this limit.

When defining the datasets for GOOSE it is advised to select the individual data attributes and not the overlapping data objects. By this the amount of data is kept within a limit and decoding is guaranteed on the receiving end.

In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional number of up to 32 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the protection and control unit to be transmitted via GOOSE, as it is also possible with reporting. Selection of binary state signals (shuttling to communications) is made by setting G O O S E : O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32). The data object indexes defined for SigGGIO1 must follow the function assignments for the GOOSE outputs. The indexes GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 to GosGGIO2.ST.ind32 may then be included in the datasets just as the other data objects.

When a state change occurs with a selected state signal or a measured value changes which is greater than the dead band set for the relevant data point then the complete GOOSE is sent. There will be multiple send repetitions at ascending time periods. The first send repetition occurs at the given cycle time set with the parameter [ I C ] : M i n i m u m C y c l e T i m e . The cycles for the following send repetitions result from a conditional equation with the increment set with the parameter [ I C ] : I n c r e m e n t . Should no further state changes occur up to the time when the maximum cycle time has elapsed [ IC]: Maximum Cycle Time, then GOOSE will be sent cyclically at intervals as set for the maximum cycle time.

In order to have unambiguous identification of a GOOSE sent, characteristics such as [ IC] : Mul t icast MAC Address, [ IC] : Appl icat ion ID (hex), [ IC] : VLAN Ident i f ier (hex), [ IC] : VLAN Prior i ty and [ IC] : GOOSE Ident i f ier must be entered in the IED Configurator settings. Further characteristics are [ IC] : Dataset Reference and [ IC] : Conf igurat ion Revis ion.

Each GOOSE is given the state change index and the number of send repetitions.


U-24 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Receiving GOOSE With GOOSE up to 32 logic binary state signals as well as 32 two-pole contact position signals from external devices (Ext.Devxx) can be received. For each state signal or contact position signal to be received a specific GOOSE message is to be selected, which will contain the information wanted, by setting [ IC]: Mul t icast MAC Address, [ IC] : Appl icat ion ID (hex), [ IC] : Source Path, [ IC] : GOOSE Ident i f ier and [ IC]: DataSet Reference. With the further setting of [ IC] : Data Obj Index / Type, which corresponds to the GOOSE position index and the information structure of the sending unit, the required information from the chosen GOOSE will be selected. The identification features "VLAN identifier" and [ I C ] : C o n f i g u r a t i o n R e v i s i o n that are also included in the GOOSE received will not be evaluated.

These parameters characterizing the information may be taken either from unit or project planning documentation of the sending unit or from a configuration file which is conform to IEC 61850. The IED Configurator will support the import of .IID, .SCD and .MCL files when the "browse function" (virtual key) is applied. The selection and acceptance of parameters from an existing project planning is distinguished by a simplified and very reliable data input.

Should the data type of the selected data object provide quality information then this can be evaluated. When activating [ I C ] : Q u a l i t y O b j I n d e x the distance of the quality descriptor to the data object (if not preset) must be given as well as the quality criterion, which is to be tested. A signal is rejected when one of the bits ([ IC]: Inval id i ty Qual i ty b i ts , see displayed bar with bit state) is received as a set bit. These parameters are usually described in a configuration file and are accepted from there during an import action.

Each GOOSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information. This corresponds to the double time period to the next GOOSE repetition. If the duration of validity has elapsed without having received this GOOSE again (i.e. because of a fault in communications), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective default value [ IC] : Defaul t Input Value. Which of the possible state values will set the wanted security grade is dependent on the relevant application.

The following configuration (shuttling to the protection and control unit functions) of the logic state signals received from the logic node GosGGIO1 (G O O S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32)) is made on the basis of the selection table of the binary signal inputs (opto-coupler inputs). Contact position signals received from external devices (LN: DevGosGGIO3) are listed in the selection table for interlocking equations of the function group ILOCK, which are available to design a decentralized substation interlock.

The virtual key "Unmap" may be used to remove the link of a binary signal input to an external data point. In such a case all entries for this binary signal input are deleted.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-25

Uniqueness of control within a system

If with a system application it must be ensured that only one control command at a time is being processed system wide ("uniqueness") then interlocking of secondary units among themselves is setup with GOOSE. The protection and control unit sets the status information Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal. when it has received a control command. This information – stored in a dataset – is distributed in the system by GOOSE and is therefore available to all other units as an interlocking condition. The state information is reset and accordingly signaled after termination of the command sequence.

The protection and control unit is capable to monitor the command status of up to 32 further units. With the IED Configurator OrdRunGGIO1.ind1.stVal to OrdRunGGIO1.ind32.stVal are configured in a similar way to the other GOOSE inputs. A shuttling to the interlocking equations is not necessary as their consideration within command checking is automatically enabled when the first binary signal input is configured. During a signaling receipt phase command effecting will be rejected.

S1 Studio

System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08

IED Configurator

System/LLN0/Datasetx

Ind1.stVal ... Ind32.stVal

System/OrdRunGGIO1

Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal

» Device A » Device B

19Z7004 A_EN

IED Configurator

IED Configurator

IED ConfiguratorMCL

U-4 Uniqueness of Control


U-26 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

The function group GOOSE presents the following parameters, measured values and signals:

Configuration parameters in the operating program

GOOSE: Function group GOOSE 056 068

Cancelling function group GOOSE or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden.

Parameters included in this function group are only effective when function group IEC is configured and enabled and when the parameters in this function group have been activated by setting the parameter IEC: S w i t c h C o n f i g . B a n k .

GOOSE: General enable USER 106 001

Enabling and disabling function group GOOSE.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-27

GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 106 011
































Function assignment of a binary logical state signal to the virtual GOOSE outputs. Signals configured here can be included as GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 to GosGGIO2.ST.ind32 in the datasets.


U-28 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

GOOSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 107 006
































Function assignment of the virtual binary GOOSE inputs (GosGGIO1\Pos1.stVal to GosGGIO1\Pos32.stVal) to a binary logical state signal on the protection and control unit so that they can be processed further by the protection, control or logic functions. Signals configured here contain the received and pre-processed state of data attributes configured for GOOSE receipt.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-29

Physical State Signals GOOSE: Output 1 state 106 010

GOOSE: Output 2 state 106 012































Display of the virtual binary GOOSE output state.


U-30 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

GOOSE: Input 1 state 106 200
































Display of the virtual binary GOOSE input state.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-31

Logic State Signals GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 position 109 000

State of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.

(Addresses 109 000,109 005…109 175 for the external devices Dev01 to Dev32.)

GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 open 109 001

Binary open state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.


GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 closed 109 002

Binary closed state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.


GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 interm.pos 109 003

Binary intermediate position state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.


GOOSE: IED01 link faulty 107 180

Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured signal is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.

(Addresses 107 180…107 215 for IED01 to IED32.)

GOOSE: ExtDev01 link faulty 107 216

Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured external device is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.

(Addresses 107 216…107 247 for the external devices Dev01 to Dev32.)

GOOSE: IED link faulty 107 250

Display which appears as soon as receipt of at least one of the configured GOOSEs is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.


U-32 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Configuration parameters in the IED Configurator

GOOSE Publishing: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address that the sending unit provides as the destination; preset.

GOOSE Publishing: Application ID (hex)

Explicitly assigned ID-number of the GOOSE. GOOSE Publishing: VLAN Identifier (hex)

ID-number of the virtual LAN with which the GOOSE is sent; preset. GOOSE Publishing: VLAN Priority

Priority with which the GOOSE is sent in the virtual LAN; preset. GOOSE Publishing: Minimum Cycle Time

First send repetition of the GOOSE occurring after the set time period; preset.

GOOSE Publishing: Maximum Cycle Time

Continuous send repetition of the GOOSE occurring after the set time period; preset.

GOOSE Publishing: Increment

Specification factor for the transition of time intervals for GOOSE send repetitions from the first to the continuous repetition.

GOOSE Publishing: GOOSE Identifier

GOOSE ID consisting of the Device Name and the GOOSE Control Block. GOOSE Publishing: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE. GOOSE Publishing: Configuration Revision

Revision status of the configuration.


P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-33

GOOSE Subscribing: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address used as a receive filter; preset. GOOSE Subscribing: Application ID (hex)

ID-number of the GOOSE. GOOSE Subscribing: Source Path

Information data attribute in the transmitting device. GOOSE Subscribing: GOOSE Identifier

ID of the GOOSE in the transmitting device. GOOSE Subscribing: Dataset Reference

Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE in the transmitting device. GOOSE Subscribing: Configuration Revision

Configuration revision status of the transmitting device. GOOSE Subscribing: Data Obj Index

Position index of the data object within the GOOSE. GOOSE Subscribing: Data Type

Structure of the data object; possible settings:

Unknown Unknown Boolean Boolean Int8 Integer, with 8 digits Int16 Integer, with 16 digits Int32 Integer, with 32 digits UInt8 Positive integer, with 8 digits UInt16 Positive integer, with 16 digits UInt32 Positive integer, with 32 digits Float Floating-point number BStr2 Binary state, with 2 digits SPS Single-pole signal DPS Two-pole signal

GOOSE Subscribing: Quality Obj Index

Distance of the quality descriptor to the data object if not preset. The quality of the received information is to be tested if such has been configured.


U-34 P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

GOOSE Subscribing: Invalidity Quality bits

Quality criterion, which is to be tested.

Invalid / Questionable Invalid / questionable Source Information source is faulty Relay test Sending unit is set to test mode OperatorBlocked Blocked by operator

and

Overflow Measured value has exceeded its capacity OutofRange Measured value has exceeded its range BadReference Referenced value is faulty Oscillatory Value is volatile Failure Faulty OldData Information is out-of-date Inconsistent Information is unreliable Inaccurate Information is inaccurate

GOOSE Subscribing: Evaluation Expression

Criteria to check the received information content by comparing it with a set integer value; the parameter is not supported in the protection and control unit.

Equal to Compared to: equal Not equal to Compared to: unequal Greater than Compared to: greater Less than Compared to: less Pass through Do not compare

GOOSE Subscribing: Default Input Value

Default value for the information in case GOSSE receipt has failed False Default: not set True Default: set Last Known Value Default: retain last value received Double Point: Intermediate (00) Default: switching device in

intermediate position Double Point: Off (01) Default: switching device open Double Point: On (10) Ddefault: switching device closed Double Point: Bad state (11) Default: switching device in

intermediate position

Customer Care Centre

http://www.schneider-electric.com/CCC

© 2

011

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.


Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00 www.schneider-electric.com Publishing: Schneider ElectricPublication: P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 06/2011

MiCOM P139


P139/EN AD/Ab9 (AFSV.12.10360 D) Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 => P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615

Update Documentation

P139, changes in software version -614 to -615 (continued)

In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals listed below.

References Release Version Documentation

13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Technical Manual AFSV.12.10172 D

P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615 U-3


1 Overview

Version Changes

P139-307-411/412/413-614 -718 Release: 04.08.2008

Hardware No changes

Diagram No changes

Software

IEC Bug fixing:

Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a few milli-seconds.

Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are: MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut V o l t a g e V N G p r i m . MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res V o l t . ∑ ( V P G ) / 3 p r i m . MmuPriMMXU1/A.res C u r r e n t ∑ I P p r i m . MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut V o l t a g e V N G p . u . MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res V o l t . ∑ ( V P G ) / 3 p . u . MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut C u r r e n t I N p . u . MmuSecMXU1/A.res C u r r e n t ∑ I P p . u .

VOB Bug fixing:

On the Detachable HMI, the Spanish character set was displayed instead of the selected French character set.

P139-307-411/412/413-614 -719 Release: 04.09.2008

Hardware No changes

Diagram No changes

Software

IEC Bug fixing:

A communications fault occurred when fast successive command signals were received (SPC’s system / SPCOx).

CBF Bug fixing:

A bug occurring upon initialization of 3-phase startup has been fixed.

U-4


Version Changes

P139-308-414/415/416-615 Release: 30.04.2009

Hardware

The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as ordering options: Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power

contacts Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output

relays

Diagram The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new binary I/O modules. P139 -414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection) P139 -415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-,

all other modules pin-terminal connection) P139 -416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection)

Software Bug fixing: All parameters of function group FKEY (which is not supported by this device) were removed. (Since the HMI of the P139 does not have any function keys, these parameters were invalid.)

LOC New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display.

(031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l

Range: 1 to 60 seconds.

The default value is blocked, so that the behavior is backward-compatible (i.e. the new functionality is deactivated).

Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next configured measured value by pressing the “Up” or “Down” key, respectively. This works exactly like before. The new feature is that always after the set time the display automatically steps forward to the next value. If the parameter is set to blocked, the selected measured value is always displayed.

Bug fixing: The password display mode during start-up was not supported.

COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).

These new addresses were added:

Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1

(221 105) C O M M 1 : S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t – Not assigned – DEV01 to DEV10

(221 106) C O M M 1 : T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . – don't execute – execute open – execute close – execute intermed.

Bug fixing: Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.



Version Changes


New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4 energy measured values: (008 065) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 066) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 067) R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h (008 068) R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h


V<> The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New setting range: 0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/√3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/√3). This affects the following parameters: V < > : V n e g > P S x V < > : V n e g > > P S x

DEV01 ... DEV10

User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device Name User is available. Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will be used as the device’s designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Any longer text entered is truncated to 4 characters internally.)

The following parameters are new: (218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r to (218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r

U-6 P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615




© 2

010

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Publication: P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-615 11/2010

MiCOM P139


P139/EN AD/Ac9 (AFSV.12.10380 D) Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615 => P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616


P139, changes in software version -615 to -616

In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing fea-tures have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals listed below.

References Release Version Documentation

13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Technical Manual AFSV.12.10172 D

01.06.2009 P139-308-414/415/416-615 Upgrade Documentation AFSV.12.10360 EN

P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616 U-3


1 Overview

Version Changes

P139-308-414/415/416-616 Release: 01.06.2009

Hardware No changes

Diagram No changes

Software Bug fixing:

For those data point which allow for setting options dependent on the fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for 40 TE cases, too, although this particular slot does not exist for this case size.

LOC Bug fixing:

The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with activated LED reset.

During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the processing cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms.

An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel could deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display.

After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed incorrectly or not at all.

U-4 P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616

P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616 U-5



© 2

010

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Publication: P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-616 11/2010

MiCOM P139


P139/EN AD/Bka (AFSV.12.10511 EN) Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630 => P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631


P139, Changes in Software Version -630 to -631

Contents

1 Overview U-5

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -720

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -721

P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615

P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -722/-723

P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631

U-5

U-5

U-5

U-7

U-7

U-8

P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631 U-3

P139, Changes in Software Version -630 to -631 (continued)

U-4 P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631

In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals listed below.


13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Manual AFSV.12.10172 D

09.01.2009 P139-308 -411/412/413/414/415/416 -630 Upgrade Documentation AFSV. 12.10260 D


1 Overview

Version Changes

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -720

Hardware

No changes

Release: 03.02.2009 Diagram No changes

Software

LIMIT Bug fixing: An incorrect operation of Vref>,>>,<,<< has been fixed. The error occured if loop A-G, B-G or C-G was selected as the measurement loop in ASC Vref.

IEC Bug fixing: After 15000 close/open commands, the client aborted communication.

MAIN Bug fixing: Without external clock synchronization there were leaps in the system time.

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -721

Hardware

No changes


Software

IEC Bug fixing:

Commands are now rejected with signal Command already in execution, and the position of the circuit breaker contacts is transmitted correctly to the control system.

P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615

Release: 30.04.2009

Hardware

The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as ordering options: Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power

contacts Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output

relays

The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the new binary I/O modules.

Diagram

P139 -414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection) P139 -415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-,

all other modules pin-terminal connection) P139 -416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection)

Software Bug fixing: All parameters belonging to the function group F_KEY (which is not supported by the P139) were removed from the data model. (Since the HMI of the P139 does not have any function keys these parameters were invalid.)


P139, Changes in Software Version -630 to -631 (Fortsetzung)

Version Changes

LOC New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display.

(031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l

Range: 1 to 60 seconds.

The default value is Blocked, so that the behavior is backward-compatible (i.e. the new functionality is deactivated).

Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next configured measured value by pressing the “Up” or “Down” key, respectively. This works exactly like before. The new feature is that always after the set time the display automatically steps forward to the next value. If the parameter is set to Blocked, the selected measured value is always displayed.

Bug fixing: The password display mode during start-up was not supported.

COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the protection part).

These new addresses have been added:

Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1

(221 105) C O M M 1 : S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t – Not assigned – DEV01 to DEV10

(221 106) C O M M 1 : T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . – don't execute – execute open – execute close – execute intermed.

Bug fixing: Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted twice.


New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added for the 4 energy measured values: (008 065) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 066) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh (008 067) R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h (008 068) R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m 0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h




Version Changes

V<> The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New setting range: 0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/√3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/√3). This affects the following parameters: V < > : V n e g > P S x V < > : V n e g > > P S x

DEV01 ... DEV10

User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device Name User is available. With this selection, the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will be used as the device’s designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Longer text entries are truncated to 4 characters internally.)


P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616

Hardware No changes


Software Bug fixing:

For those data points where the user can select from setting options which are dependent on the fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for 40 TE cases, too, although this particular slot does not exist for this case size.

LOC Bug fixing:

The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with activated LED reset.

During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the processing cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms.

An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel could deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display.

After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed incorrectly or not at all.

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -722/-723

Hardware No changes


Software

IEC Bug fixing:

Contact position is transmitted correctly after a cancel command.

The cause of the “Undefined opcode” message that appeared during a switch command was resolved.



Version Changes

P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631

Hardware As a further ordering option the Chinese character set is now available for the HMI.


Software

LOGIC Increase of the number of logic inputs from 16 to 40.

LOC Recording of motor startups:

During a motor startup, the time taken for the startup, the startup current and the startup heating can be displayed on the Operation Panel.

Parameters: O L _ D A : T . t a k e n f . s t a r t u p , M P (005 096) O L _ D A : S t a r t - u p c u r r e n t , M P (005 097) O L _ D A : H e a t . d u r . s t a r t - u p , M P (005 098)

The names of busbars and BB-sections can now be edited by the user.

One has to select BB-User Name for „Designation busbar #“ or BB_Sect.User Name for „Designat. bus sect.#“, respectively. Then the user name is entered as text value of the respective parameter “Busbar#-NameUser“/“BB Sect.#-NameUser“. The maximum length of 4 characters equals the previously supported fixed names.

Parameters: L O C : B u s b a r 1 - N a m e U s e r (218 191) L O C : B u s b a r 2 - N a m e U s e r (218 192 L O C : B u s b a r 3 - N a m e U s e r (218 193) L O C : B B S e c t . 1 - N a m e U s e r (218 195) L O C : B B S e c t . 2 - N a m e U s e r (218 196)

MAIN The phase sequence for the current, given by the active parameter subset with the setting at M A I N : P h a s e r e v e r s a l I P S x (010 200, 010 201, 010 202, 010 203), may be reversed by triggering a binary signal input configured at M A I N : P h a s e r e v e r s a l I E X T (007 248).

To enable the function a phase sequence for normal operation must be set in the parameter. (Setting selection: A-B swapped, B-C swapped, C-A swapped.) The default setting is No swap, which disables the function.

Note: Designed for motor protection applications with 'left/right' motor rotation control by phase reversal with parallel circuit breakers (one CB with phase reversal). Here the voltage is measured on the busbar side and the current down-stream between CB and motor. Dependent on the operating mode the current can therefore be measured in phase reversal to the voltage.



Version Changes

DTOC The 'IN Measured' or 'IN Calculated' setting, which was previously available only globally for all three residual current stages IN>, IN>> and IN>>> together, can now be set individually for each residual current stage.

Parameters: D T O C : E v a l . I N > > P S x (007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242) D T O C : E v a l . I N > > > P S x (007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)

The setting parameter previously valid for all three residual current stages D T O C : E v a l . I N > , > > , > > > P S x (072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128) has been renamed to D T O C : E v a l . I N > P S x and will now only operate with the first residual current stage.

DTOC, IDMT1

Applies to direction-dependent starting / tripping:

The new parameters permit the selection whether the timer stages for phase or residual current stages are triggered with a starting or direction-dependent ('With direction'). The default for the parameter is the previous 'With starting' standard setting.

Parameters: D T O C : M o d e T i m e r s t a r t P S x (002 138, 002 139, 002 142, 002 143) I D M T 1 : M o d e T i m e r s t a r t P S x (007 226, 007 227, 007 228, 007 229)

DTOC, IDMT1, IDMT2

The inrush stabilization has been extended by D T O C : I N > and I D M T : I r e f , N .

DTOC, IDMT

When a phase starting is present then a subsequent triggering of the inrush stabilization is not taken into account anymore.

Note: When a change from a single-pole fault to a two-phase fault or from a two-phase fault to a three-phase fault occurred it was possible that, because of transients during the change, the inrush stabilization was momentarily triggered which would reset the starting and the timer.

IDMT1 For all IP, Ineg and IN types of characteristics the enable threshold for the IDMT1 protection starting can now be set with the factor KI (values range: 1 to 10) dependent on Iref. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not result in a shifting of the characteristic itself.

Parameters: I D M T 1 : F a c t o r K I , P P S x (007 250, 007 251, 007 252, 007 253) I D M T 1 : F a c t o r K I , n e g P S x (007 254, 007 255, 008 002, 008 005) I D M T 1 : F a c t o r K I , N P S x (001 173, 001 174, 001 175, 001 176)



Version Changes

SCDD Enhanced tripping times with short-circuit direction determination.

SCDD Short-circuit direction determination has been extended for the DTOC stages I>>> and IN>>>.

Parameters: S C D D : D i r e c t i o n t I > > > P S x (007 230, 007 231, 007 232, 007 233) S C D D : D i r e c t i o n t I N > > > P S x (007 235, 007 236, 007 237, 007 238)

ASC Function ASC now provides a choice as to whether the CB operating time (tCB), as configured at Function Parameters/Global/MAIN, is to be taken into account for the precisely synchronized reclosure (AR) or not.

Parameters:

M A I N : t C B , c l o s e (000 032); values range: 0.06s to 1s

A S C : A R w i t h t C B P S x (000 038, 000 039, 000 050, 000 051)

FT_RC An additional analog recording channel for the frequency has been implemented.

Parameter: F T _ R C : R e c . a n a l o g c h a n n . 1 0 (035 169)

Default is ‘Without’, optional setting is ‘fnom’.

CBM The correction acquisition time can now be set separately to be triggered by the open command and by the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts.

Differing inherent delay times from the two command chains can now be configured independently of each other so as to achieve optimum time adjustment.

Parameter: CBM: C o r r . a c q u i . t i m e t r i p (007 249) values range: 0 to 0.2s

The previous common selection parameter C B M : C o r r . a c q u i s . t i m e (022 018) values range: (-0.2s to 0.2s)has been renamed to L S Ü : C o r r . a c q u . t . C B s i g . and is now only a correction acquisition time value affecting the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary contacts

SFMON The S F M O N : T G F D m o n . t r i g g e r e d signal is now no longer permanently listed in the alarm signal list.

Depending on the application this signal can now be configured using parameter (021 030) S F M O N : F c t . a s s i g n . w a r n i n g



Version Changes

DEVxx User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device Name User is available. Then the text for the device's name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will be used as the device’s designation. (The maximum length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Longer text entries are truncated to 4 characters internally.)


V<> The minimum value for the parameters below was changed from 0.2 to 0.02: V < > : V n e g > P S x (076 023, 077 023, 078 023, 079 023) V < > : V n e g > > P S x (076 024, 077 024, 078 024, 079 024)

Change of label text for the reference voltage (separate input) from “Vnom” to “Vref,nom”.

MAIN The values range for the 3 power measured values has been expanded: (005 025) M A I N : A p p a r . p o w e r S p r i m . -3,199.9 – 3,200 MVA (004 050) M A I N : A c t i v e p o w e r P p r i m . -3,199.9 – 3,200 MW (004 052) M A I N : R e a c . p o w e r Q p r i m . -3,199.9 – 3,200 Mvar

MP In case of parameter switching (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of permitted motor startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now correctly detected. The thermal replica, however, is lost in this case.

BTC Bug fixing: The contact position is now shown correctly for 3pos circuit breakers.

IEC Bug fixing:

• Comtrade in ASCII-format; fault selection in IEC 61850 did not work correctly.

• The first configured element was not transmitted in GOOSE.





© 2

010

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Publication: P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631 11/2010

MiCOM P139


P139/EN AD/Ad9 (AFSV.12.10570 D) Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616 => P139 -308 -414/415/416 -617 -727


P139, Changes in software version -616 to -617-727



13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D)

01.06.2009 P139-308-414/415/416-615 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ab9 (AFSV.12.10360 D)

01.06.2009 P139-308-414/415/416-616 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ac9 (AFSV.12.10380 D)

Note: The software versions P139-61x described in this documentation constitute a product line that was developed independent to versions P139-63x and is therefore documented separately. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1” implementation.)

P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 U-3

P139, Changes in software version -616 to -617-727 (continued)

1 Overview

Version Changes

P139-308-414/415/416-616 -724

Hardware No change

Release: 05.02.2010 Diagram No change

Software IEC Bug fixing:

After an abort command with a wrong frame format the state of external devices was no longer transmitted.

The cause for the signal “Undefined opcode” during rapid successive switching commands has been fixed.

During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values) were transmitted for a short time.

MP When switching between parameter subsets (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of permitted motor startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now determined accurately However the thermal replica is lost in this case.

ARC The ARC counter is reset with a supply voltage drop.

U-4 P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727


Version Changes

P139-308-414/415/416-617 Hardware No change


Software

MAIN In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 (see Figure 5-14 in the Technical Manual P139 -614) monitoring has been modified.

Should the K200 contacts not have reopened during an end command to the motor when the set monitoring time-delay had expired (monitoring via binary signal input –U 706, signal S I G _ 1 : S i g n a l S 0 1 2 E X T as the standard setting) then, with previous P139 software versions, the relay control contacts would open. This reaction by the P139 (the previous permanent feature) would result in an end command being issued to the motor and thereby preventing an undefined circuit breaker contact position, however such would bear the danger of contact burn.

By setting the new selection parameter (221 111) M A I N : C m d . e n d f . K 2 0 0 f a i l . it is now possible to select whether the previous reaction (setting = 'Yes') or a new behavior (setting = 'No') is effected.

This new implementation has the P139 issue respective fault signals when the monitoring time-delay has expired and the relay control contacts will remain closed. (Note: This new feature still bears the danger of an undefined circuit breaker contact position!)

For this the following new logic state signals have been added:

(221 108) M A I N : K 2 0 0 f a i l . c m d . e n d - This signal is issued if the K200 contacts have not reopened after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.

(221 109) M A I N : K 2 0 0 f a i l . c m d . start - This signal is issued if the K200 contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.

(221 110) M A I N : D E V o p . t i m e e x c e e d e d - This fault signal is issued (as a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal) has been received from the external device after it has been issued a close command and the set running time-delay has elapsed.

For further processing each of these new fault signals may be configured to selection parameters from the function groups LED (assignment to LED indicators), OUTP (assignment to output relays), LOGIC (processing by the programmable logic function), COMMx / IEC / GOOSE (signaling via the control system) or they may be mapped to the signal panel as an alarm signal. Acknowledging from the local control panel HMI is done by pressing the CLEAR (C) key.

P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 U-5


Version Changes

MAIN The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed up to (and including) software version P139 -614 to be replaced by 32 bit energy measured values with software version P139 -615, have been re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16-bit and 32-bit values are available. (005 061) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m (005 062) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m (005 063) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m (005 064) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m

LOC Freely selectable designations (similar to user defined external device designations implemented with P139 -615) may now be assigned to busbars and busbar sections. The designation wanted may be defined as open text at: (218 191) L O C : B u s b a r 1 N a m e b y U s e r (218 192) L O C : B u s b a r 2 N a m e b y U s e r (218 193) L O C : B u s b a r 3 N a m e b y U s e r (218 195) L O C : B B S e c t . 1 N a m e U s e r (218 196) L O C : B B S e c t . 2 N a m e U s e r

Bug fixing: The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position switches was sometimes incorrect.

P139-308-414/415/416-614 -725

Hardware No change



During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization values) was transmitted for a short time.

It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned on the Ethernet communication would not set in.

P139-308-414/415/416-617 -727

Hardware No change


Software LOC Bug fixing:

When the ENTER key was pressed immediately after a cold restart incorrect symbols could appear below the menu text on the display.

IEC Bug fixing:


It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned on the Ethernet communication would not set in.

Switching between parameter subsets could sometimes lead to an interruption of communications.

U-6 P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727


P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 U-7



© 2

010

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Publication: P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617 11/2010

MiCOM P139


P139/EN AD/Ama (AFSV.12.10580 D) Version P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 => P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632


P139, Changes in software version -631 to -632



13.08.2008 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D)

09.01.2009 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ak9 (AFSV.12.10260 D)

19.01.2010 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Bka (AFSV.12.10511 D)

Note: The software versions P139-61x constitute a product line that was developed independent to versions described in this documentation and is therefore documented separately. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1” implementation.)

P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632 U-3

P139, Changes in software version -631 to -632 (continued)

1 Overview

Version Changes

P139-309-414/415/416-631 -726 Release: 28.04.2010

Hardware No change

Diagram No change

Software

IEC Bug fixing:

Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages.

The position of switchgear units (XSWI,XCBR) was transmitted by GOOSE with the attribute ‘invalid’.


CBF Bug fixing: The associated signal C B F : C u r r e n t f l o w P h x would sometimes jitter during an open command.

P139-309-414/415/416-632 Release: 24.08.2010

Hardware No change

Diagram No change

Software

IEC Bug fixing: The IEC 61850 signal RBRF1 OpEx was not detected correctly.

MAIN The four 16-bit energy measured values, that existed up to (and including) software version P139 -614 and that were to be replaced by 32-bit energy measured values with software version -630 (or -615), have been re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16-bit and 32-bit values are available. (005 061) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m (005 062) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m (005 063) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m (005 064) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m

U-4 P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632


Version Changes LOC The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been

changed: (218 192) L O C : B u s b a r 2 - N a m e U s e r Engl.: L O C : B u s b a r 2 N a m e b y U s e r (218 193) L O C : B u s b a r 3 - N a m e U s e r Engl.: L O C : B u s b a r 3 N a m e b y U s e r

The previous English descriptive texts - L O C : B u s b a r # - N a m e U s e r , # = 2,3 – differed from those used for L O C : B u s b a r 1 N a m e b y U s e r which made harmonization necessary. The German descriptive texts and their functionality remain unchanged.

Bug fixing: In case of a cold restart incorrect symbols could appear for a

short time on the display. The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position

switches was sometimes incorrect. SCDD Bug fixing:

In operating mode S C D D : V N G > P S x = 'Measured', the enabling threshold was not considered correctly.

P139-308-414/415/416-614 -728

Hardware No change



During a warm/cold restart incorrect position signals for external devices could be transmitted up to the time when the respective correct positions had been determined and transmitted.

Single-pole commands were rejected with the 'R & L <-> L' operating mode .

P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632 U-5



© 2

010

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Publication: P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632 11/2010

MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit

P139/EN AD/Ae9 (AFSV.12.10900 D)

Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -617 -727 ⇒ P139 -308 -414/415/416 -618


P139, Changes in software version -617-727 to -618

In the new versions of the Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit MiCOM P139, several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the documentation listed below:

References Version Documentation Released

13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D)

01.06.2009 P139-308-414/415/416-615 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ab9 (AFSV.12.10360 D)

01.06.2009 P139-308-414/415/416-616 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ac9 (AFSV.12.10380 D)

20.08.2010 P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ad9 (AFSV.12.10570 D)

Note: The software versions P139-61x constitute a product line that was developed independent to versions P139-63x. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1” implementation.)

P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618 3

P139, Changes in software version -617-727 to -618 (continued)

1 Overview

Version Changes

Hardware New Schneider-Electric design for the local control panel (HMI). P139 -308 -414/415/416 -618 No change Diagram

Release: 07.02.2011 Software The following menu point has been removed:

P C : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 183) Note: Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program continues to be guaranteed.

PC

The data point C O M M 1 : - 1 0 3 p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 178) may now be used to select between the 103 protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW implementation. Note: As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.

COMM1

The data point C O M M 1 : M O D B U S p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 214) may now be used to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS implementation in the MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices. The protocol variant Private corresponds to the first implementation of the MODBUS protocol. Note: As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.

COMM1

The menu points C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 161) and C O M M 2 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (103 161) can no longer be set by using a selection list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may now be defined as free text. The default is SE but, in individual cases, it may become necessary to enter texts differing from the default. Notes: These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel (HMI). The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations exceeding this will be truncated. The parameter C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.

COMM1, COMM2

Bug fixing: COMM1

Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS protocol.

Bug fixing: IEC

Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server when the control point in the device is set to 'R & L' (local and remote control) operating mode.

Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.

4 P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618

P139, Changes in software version -617-727 to -618 (continued)

P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618 5

Version Changes DTOC Bug fixing:

The setting options 'Measured' and 'Calculated' for the following parameters were operational only when these parameters were set differently from each other: (072 128) D T O C : E v a l . I N > (007 239) D T O C : E v a l . I N > > (007 243) D T O C : E v a l . I N > > >

MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) M C M O N : O p e r a t e d e l a y = Blocked is now supported.

Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.

Bug fixing:

Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by (040 000) M A I N : G e n e r a l s t a r t i n g .

I2> The analog input threshold level has been changed from 0.1 Inom to

0.01 Inom (see Fig. 3-226 in the Technical Manual P139 -614).



© 2

011

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.


Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00 www.schneider-electric.com Publishing: Schneider ElectricPublication: P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618 05/2011

MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit

P139/EN AD/Ana (AFSV.12.10910 D)

Version P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632 ⇒ P139 -309 -414/415/416 -633


P139, Changes in software version -632 to -633

In the new versions of the Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit MiCOM P139, several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the documentation listed below:

References Version Documentation Released

13.08.2008 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 Technical Manual P139/EN M/Ea8 (AFSV.12.10172 D)

09.01.2009 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630 Upgrade Documentation (AFSV.12.10260 D)

19.01.2010 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Bka (AFSV.12.10511 D)

24.08.2010 P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632 Upgrade Documentation P139/EN AD/Ama (AFSV.12.10580 D)

Note: The software versions P139-61x constitute a product line that was developed independent to versions P139-63x. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1” implementation.)

P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10910 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633 3


1 Overview

Version Changes

Hardware New Schneider-Electric design for the local control panel (HMI). P139 -309 -414/415/416 -633 No change Diagram

Release: 07.02.2011 Software The following menu point has been removed:

N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 183) Note: Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program continues to be guaranteed.

PC

The data point C O M M 1 : - 1 0 3 p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 178) may now be used to select between the 103 protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW implementation. Note: As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.

COMM1

The data point C O M M 1 : M O D B U S p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 214) may now be used to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private and Compatible. The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS implementation in the MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices. The protocol variant Private corresponds to the first implementation of the MODBUS protocol. Note: As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.

COMM1

The menu points C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 161) and C O M M 2 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (103 161) can no longer be set by using a selection list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may now be defined as free text. The default is SE but, in individual cases, it may become necessary to enter texts differing from the default. Notes: These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel (HMI). The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations exceeding this will be truncated. The parameter C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.

COMM1, COMM2

Bug fixing: COMM1

Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS protocol.

Bug fixing: IEC

Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server when the control point in the device is set to 'R & L' (local and remote control) operating mode.

Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.

Underfrequency protection signals were not transmitted.

4 P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10910 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633


P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10910 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633 5

Version Changes GOOSE Bug fixing:

Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages.

Contact positions from switchgear units (XSWI, XCBR) were transmitted by GOOSE with the attribute "invalid".

DTOC Bug fixing: The setting options 'Measured' and 'Calculated' for the following parameters were operational only when these parameters were set differently from each other: (072 128) D T O C : E v a l . I N > (007 239) D T O C : E v a l . I N > > (007 243) D T O C : E v a l . I N > > >

MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) M C M O N : O p e r a t e d e l a y = Blocked is now supported.

Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.

Bug fixing:

Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by (040 000) M A I N : G e n e r a l s t a r t i n g .

The value set for menu point (014 012) M C M O N : O p e r . D e l a y F F , V r e f was ignored (e.g. the "Fuse Failure” monitoring function of the reference voltage was triggered without delay).



© 2

011

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.


Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00 www.schneider-electric.com Publishing: Schneider ElectricPublication: P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10600 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633 05/2011


Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00 www.schneider-electric.com Publishing: Schneider ElectricPublication: P139/EN M/Ana Version: -614 -630 -615 -616 -631 -617 -632 -618 -633, Vol. 2 06/2011



© 2

011

Sch

neid

er E

lect

ric. A

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Documents

P139/EN M/Ana - Volume 2 - Schneider Electric · PDF fileMiCOM P139 Feeder Management and Bay Control ... Over-/underfrequency protection FT_DA: ... here a relay, for example